tf12号眼影叫什么(tf12号眼影画法)

1. tf12号眼影画法

袁磊

袁磊曾先后任职于红枫庭与时代峰峻。曾先后担任TF家族练习生12人造型师、台风少年团造型师、易烊千玺造型师，现为时代少年团造型总监。在工作中，她不为利益所驱使，当利益与初心相互矛盾时，毅然选择坚守初心，离开舒适区，回归最真实的自己。同时，她时刻不忘学习、砥砺前行，以得心应手的专业能力攻克了一次次挑战。2021年3月，袁磊回到学校与学院服装系学生分享自己的奋斗历程，会场座无虚席。

2. tf眼影20号画法

tf眼影好看。

一，显色度：

无论是上手还是上眼，显色度都不错，这盘的配色就是高级又有点性感的路线，有点像绝版的03，很适合画混血小烟熏的妆容，基础的大地色搭配黑白超美（或许因为人家是TF）

二，粉质：

其实不用多说，TF家的哑光粉质算是标杆了❗️非常细腻。

三，tf28，暖棕调，比普通大地色多了一点点姜色调，所以也不会很普通，比ct的dv更适合新手，并且哑光色居多，肿泡眼、单眼皮先试试这款！

四，tf20，粉棕色，和pt比，它更成熟、知性一点点，不过这个黑色眼线色确实利用率低，我自己会再配一个深棕色压一下眼尾，不然我有点掌握不了！很多人说黄皮上眼很寂寞，我倒是没有，挺温柔的！

五，tf31，新色，我上眼便藕棕色，粉调不明显，很喜欢粉嫩感的，应该皮肤得十分白皙，且眼部不能太暗沉！这盘很适合新手，不会显脏，不过色阶相近，可能上眼层次感不会很丰富！

3. tf眼影30号画法

30到40岁我觉得可以用TF这个品牌的四宫格眼影，我觉得用起来感觉还不错，挺好用的，也不怎么飞粉。而且这个四宫格颜色完全够用了，都是平常可以用到的，没有踩雷的颜色。而且你画出来的眼影特别的好看，和那些便宜的眼影一看就不一样。

4. tf31号眼影画法

粉丝口号是王牌张极，登峰造极。

2020年1月11日，张极作为TF家族三代练习生参加TF家族“重逢”新年音乐会，带来《大圣》、《街舞少年》等唱跳曲目。2021年12月31日，张极和TF家族成员共同演唱的歌曲《长大》上线。8月21日，随TF家族参加综艺节目《快乐大本营》

5. tf27眼影画法

TF黑管27是在2019年就已经出售了，这是一直很有气质又有韵味的口红，浓烈的枫叶色将雅致与温柔融合得恰到好处，薄涂奶橘红色调，超级显白，而且很显清纯可人，厚涂则是妥妥的浓郁枫叶红色调，哑光的质地非常好推开，很日常的色号，色彩很饱满，感觉一年四季都适用，不过秋冬时候会更好看哦，雾面的妆感很显温柔，而且口红在持久度上面有改进，持久度还是很不错的，颜色很特别。

6. tf20号眼影画法图片

TF的四色眼影盘 10g

推荐色号TF#20

这盘今天真的是火到没天理。基本的化妆爱好者有帮助。我认为该光盘的配色非常值得，非常漂亮的蜜桃色，这个颜色上眼真的很惊喜，不夸张且不太低调。

是非常哑光的质地，还有一个色是带着闪片的，是这个眼影盘的亮点，也是眼妆中点睛之笔。

7. tf眼影13号色怎么画

对于很多热爱播音的人来说，学习播音不仅能让人具备更好的表达能力、思考能力、沟通能力、组织协调以及领导能力，而且学得好，可以实现当播音主持的梦想。那么如何学播音呢？

什么是播音

播音定义

播音的定义有广义和狭义的区分。

广义：指电台、电视台等电子传媒所进行的一切有关声音语言和副语言传播信息的活动。

狭义：播音员和节目主持人运用有声语言和副语言，通过广播电视传媒进行传播信息的创作。

播音的要求

发音正确,吐字正确。

用标准的普通话播读，特别要注意多音多义字，古诗文中特别要注意按意定音。不添字不少字不读破句，朗读清晰完整。

语速适当,用心感受

要抓住文章特点，使节奏流利和谐，缓急结合。

语调生动,轻重适宜

根据需要，分出轻重缓急，分清抑扬顿挫，表达出文章的思想感情。

播音学习技巧

对播音员而言，具备良好的语言表达能力犹如进入这一行的钥匙，假如无法打开这道门，就无法担任播音主持的工作。想要具备娴熟的语言表达能力、专业化的播音能力，就需播音员通过长时间努力练习及不断探索

普通话标准

普通话标准是播音主持上岗的基本条件，如何达到普通话标准呢？主要可以从以下几个方面着手。

声母

声母包含b、p、m、f、d、t、n、l、g、k、h、j、q、x、z、c、s、zh、ch、shi、r

声母按发音部位的分7类：

1、双唇阻:上唇与下唇成阻。下唇向上运动与上唇接触，双唇闭拢成阻。双唇阻声母有b、p、m。

2、唇齿阻:上门齿与下唇成阻。上唇稍抬，稍露出上齿，下唇向上，唇缘线与上门齿靠拢、接触成阻。唇齿阻声母有f。

3、舌尖前阻:舌尖与上门齿背成阻。舌尖平伸，与上门齿背接触或接近成阻。舌尖前阻声母有z、c、s。

4、舌尖中阻:舌尖与上门齿龈成阻。舌尖向前上方抬起与上门齿龈接触、抵住成阻。舌尖中阻声母有d、t、n、l。

5、舌尖后阻:舌尖与前硬腭成阻。舌体稍向后缩，舌尖向上方翘起，与硬腭前部接触或接近成阻。舌尖后阻声母有zh、ch、sh、r。

6、舌面阻:舌面前部与硬腭前部成阻。舌尖向下前伸抵住下齿背，舌面向上抬起，接触或接近硬腭前部成阻。舌面阻声母有j、q、x。

7、舌根阻:舌根与硬腭软腭交界处成阻。舌体后缩，舌根隆起与硬腭和软腭交界处接触或接近成阻。舌根阻声母有g、k、h。

韵母

按汉语语音学的传统分析方法，把汉语音节中声母以后的部分叫韵母。韵母由单元音或复合音充当，普通话中有39个别韵母。

1、10个单韵母：a、o、e、ê、i、u、ü、-i（前）、-i（后）、er

2、13个复韵母：ai、ei、ao、ou、ia、ie、ua、uo、üe、iao、iou、uai、uei

3、16个鼻韵母8前8后：an、en、in、ün、ian、uan、üan、uen、

ang、eng、ing、ong、iong、iang、uang、ueng

调值

声调是汉语音节结构中不可缺少的成分，它同声母、韵母一样，有区别意义的作用。

调值是指音节声调的相对音高。调值通常采用“五度标记法”记录，用一条竖线表示声音的高低，从下面最低点到最高点共分为五度，分别用1、2、3、4、5依次表示。

普通话各类声调的调值为：

阴平：高平调，55

阳平：高升调，35

上声：降升调，214

去声：全降调，51

练习方法

1、练习绕口令

通过绕口令练习，可以提高口语能力，把握住文字发音音准，学好拼音字母，掌握发音部位，反复进行训练，让自己普通话的发音准确度更高。

2、制定训练计划

要有计划的进行普通话训练，了解自己的基础，制定合理的计划，规定每天的练习量，以周为单位，在不断训练中查找不足，并不断提升。

3、掌握训练要领

坚持用普通话进行日常会话，可以读一些报纸上的文章，或者拿出词典，多多进行发音练习，提高发音准度。

气息控制

气息控制是播音从业人员需要达到的最基本要求。

播音发声气息的要求

一、持久的气息控制能力

气息控制是作为一个播音员的基本的条件，如果播音员播一篇长篇的稿件时要求声音由始至终保持一定力度，不减不衰，从容不迫，这就要求对气息有持久的控制能力。

二、气息控制要有稳劲儿

播音员要根据节目内容的要求调节气息压力，该强就强、该弱就弱，吸气量要大于日常说话，呼气时要保持较为稳定的压力，调节自如。

三、能做到快吸慢呼，并能根据需要及时补气

播音语言，一般句子长度比口语长，结构比较复杂，间歇比口语少而短。要把每个句子播得完整而有层次，就需要按照句子结构用气，绝不能因气不够用而停下来吸气，要求播音员呼气的持续时间要尽量长，而且要掌握在句子进行中补气、偷气的技巧。

四、做到短时间无声吸气

即要求播音员能作较长时间的呼气及保持一定的气息压力，吸气量就必须比平常大一些，吸气速度快一些，播音员依靠话筒传声，话筒灵敏度高，很容易混入吸气的杂音。而吸气杂音多，会给人不从容的感觉，甚至会使人厌烦。因而，播音员必须学会在短时间内吸气无声。

五、呼气时要注意的两点

1、尽量保持两助张开支撑感(实际仍会塌下收回一些)。

2、着重体会，在这种呼吸肌的配合中、靠腹肌收缩往外送气流的感觉。这一步练习主要体会胸腹联合式呼吸方式中，腹肌参与吸气、呼气控制、特别是收腹呼气的感觉。随着呼吸控制能力及隔肌与腹肌配合能力的增强，吸气量可加大到八、九成满，只需注意呼气时，仍不要有明显地“扼喉”感。

播音发声气息控制具体实施方法

没有气息，声带不能颤动发声。但只是声带发出声音是不够的。想要嗓音富于弹性、耐久，需要的是源源不断供给声带气流。

一、胸腹联合呼吸法

吸气后两肋扩大，横膈膜下降，小腹微收。胸腹联合呼吸法是朗读时应该掌握的方法。这种呼吸活动范围大、伸缩性强，可以使气息均匀平衡。理想的状态是做到“吸气一大片、呼气一条线；气断情不断，声断意不断”。

练习方法：

1、慢吸慢呼，双目平视前方、头正、肩放松，像在旷野呼吸花香一样，慢慢吸足气。要感觉到腰腹之间充气膨胀，气入丹田，但是要收小腹，保持几秒后，轻缓呼出。

可以在呼气的时候加入以下练习：呼气时练习xiao lan（拼音小兰），一声声渐渐远去，或者数数1、2、3、4……，嘴上用力，发音之间不要闭住声门，不要跑气换气，数得越多越好。

2、快吸慢呼，快速短促地吸气，并保持气息，呼气时缓缓呼出，配合声音，平稳均匀。

呼气时，可以通过以下发声练习：巴、拔、把、爸、低、答、底、大。

换气时，可以进行以下练习：广场上，红旗飘，看你能数多少旗，一面旗、两面旗、三面旗、四面、五面旗……，相声小品里的“数来宝”经常用这个形式，大家可以观察演员的呼吸。

二、强控制练习

要求气要吸得深并保持一定量，呼气要均匀、通畅、灵活。强控制练习需要一点声乐练习知识，在这里不好介绍。大家可以回想：《智取威虎山》里杨子荣喝酒唱歌那一段，最后结尾有个“啊—哈、哈、哈、哈哈哈……”基本的感觉就是这样。要体会膈肌和腹肌的作用，发声的时候气息是应该下沉的。

参考练习诗词：岳飞《满江红》、毛泽东《忆秦娥·娄山关》、陈然《我的“自白”书》，新闻联播播音员在播报简讯的时候，一般都用强控制。

三、弱控制练习

1、吸气深呼气匀。缓慢持续地发出ai、uai、uang、iang四个音。

2、夸大声调，延长发音，控制气息。花红柳绿H—ua、H—ong、L—iu、L—v（发音时，声母和韵母之间气息拉长，要均匀、不断气）。

3、通过夸大连续，控制气息，扩展音域。

参考练习诗词：李白《静夜思》、孟浩然《春晓》等。气息控制训练可以把握“深（吸得深）、匀（呼得匀）、通（气通畅）、活（用灵活）”四字方针，注意气息和内容的结合。单纯的语音、气息训练效果并不好，需要大家在实际朗读过程中不断体会、运用。

共鸣控制

共鸣对于播音发声的重要性体现在播音是以言语发声的过程，要想声音圆润集中，需要改变共鸣条件。

共鸣控制要领

根据解剖学原理，共鸣器官能够受控并随意活动的是软腭、咽部和舌部，共鸣控制主要关注这三部门肌肉的活动组成结果。

1、提起颧肌

颧肌稍带紧张感，使该部位肌肉向外上方稍稍提起，这就是提颧肌。提颧肌能使我们的发音更清晰、明亮。

2、打开牙

指双侧上后槽牙保持向上提起的感觉。这样就加大了口腔开度丰富了共鸣。考生可以用含有“Q”的音节来做夸张的练习，将会取得明显效果。

3、放松下巴

下巴紧张会导致舌根和喉头的紧张，进而导致发声吃力，声音也将发紧，有意的放松下巴就会使我们的发声吐字更加自如。

共鸣分类及训练

1、口腔共鸣：口腔共鸣的获得是要在发音时，口腔自然上下打开，笑肌微提，下腭自然放下稍后拉，上腭有上提的感觉。口腔共鸣发声最主要的一点，是发声的时候鼻咽要关闭，不产生鼻泄露。

通过下列练习大家可以体会一下，基本都是以开口元音为主练习：ba、da、ga、pa、ta、ka、peng、pa、pi、pu、pai。普通话的四个声调，准确的叫法是第一声—阴平，第二声—阳平，第三声—上声，第四声—去声。我们在进行声音训练的时候，多用阴平声调进行，这样有利于体会声音和气息。

词组练习：澎湃、冰雹、拍照、平静、批评，哗啦啦、噼啪啪、咣啷啷、扑嗵嗵、胡噜噜、快乐、宣纸、挫折、菊花、捐助、吹捧。

绕口令：山上五株树，架上五壶醋，林中五只鹿，柜中五条裤，伐了山上树，取下架上醋，捉住林中鹿，拿出柜中裤。

2、鼻腔共鸣：鼻腔共鸣是声波在鼻骨上的振动，即将声音的焦点定位在鼻腔。

鼻腔共鸣是通过软腭来实现的，标准的鼻辅音m，n和ng就是这样发声的。有人觉得鼻音重显得声音好听、有厚度，但是过多的鼻音有如感冒，是不好的。发a、i、u的音，加点鼻腔共鸣体会，加鼻辅音ma、mi、mu、na、ni、nu。

词组练习：妈妈、光芒、中央、接纳、头脑。

蓝蓝的天上白云飘，白云下面马儿跑，挥动鞭儿响四方，百鸟齐飞翔。

3、胸腔共鸣：是指声带振动激起气管内空气柱振动而传送到肺再扩及整个胸腔引起共振产生的整个共鸣包括横隔膜以上至气管顶端的整个脑区。

胸腔的空间及共鸣能量大，发出的声音有深度和宽度，声音更浑厚、宽广。“a”元音直上、直下、滑动练习。词组练习：百炼成钢、翻江倒海、追悔莫及。

小柳树满地栽，金花谢，银花开。

声音的弹性

声音弹性，是指播音时声音形式对不同播讲内容和形式的适应能力。声音弹性包括声音的高与低、强与弱、实与虚、明与暗、刚与柔、厚与薄、纵与收等多层次对比变化。

声音弹性的特点

1、可变性，不同语调和情感。

2、对比性，有起有伏。

3、复合性，不会单独存在，是多种结合的，如虚低，高实。

声音弹性训练方法

1、虚实练习

虚实练声方法是：吸一口气，然后屏住呼吸，让声门保持在闭合状态，开始发音，此时声音是响亮的实声。然后逐渐打开声门，声音由明亮到柔和的音色变化，这个时候注意体会喉咙的感觉，刚柔、厚薄、明暗等变化。

2、高低声练习

a、i、u由低音向上滑动，再从高音向下滑动。

这个练习主要可以锻炼自己对于音色的精细识别能力和控制能力，可以在自己不断的练习中感受。可以进行不同音高的朗读练习。用一句话，或一首诗，变化着不同的音高来进行练习。

如：“飞流直下三千尺，疑是银河落九天。”

先用习惯音高朗读一遍，然后逐渐降低音调朗读，读到不太能胜任的音高时又逐渐提高音调读，也是读到自己还能胜任的最高音为止。

3、强弱练习

远距离对话练习，练习时随时改变距离。

甲：喂—，喂—，小芳—

乙：嗳—

甲：快—来—啊—

乙：怎么了—呀—

甲：一起去看—电—影—吧

乙：好—啊！

夸张声音练习法：注意加大运动幅度，用丹田气发声。

快板是最明显的例子，想象说快板的演员发声的状态，自己找一段快板试试，体会声音的弹性。

4、练唱音阶法

声音音高与声带张力成正比例。

如果想提高音高，就须加强声带张力。反之则减弱。所以，进行音高的变化练习能有效地发展和增强声带伸缩变化的控制能力。

其中最有效的练习办法是利用钢琴来练唱音阶，在自己力所能及的音域内半度半度地下降，半度半度地上升，进行反复练习。没有条件的则可借鉴京剧演员喊嗓子的练声法，做绕音练习，从基础音开始，逐渐地向高、低音两头扩展。

发音中的情声气

语言是传递信息和交流思想情感的工具，存在于人际交流的有声语言情感，语声和气息是一个系统中的几个方面。

情:是指在播音过程中播音员服务于播，讲目的由具体稿件或者话题引发，并由有声语言表达出来，始终运动着情感情，情我们进行播音创作的依据。

声:声是播音员依据稿件或话题，使发声器官运用播音技巧所发出的表达思想情感包含大量信息，并通过电声设备进行传播，经过科学训练的规范化艺术化的有声语言。

气：气指的是在播音过程中未时有声，语言传情达意，播音员所控制自如使用胸腹式联合呼吸法所获得的发生动力。

情声气要求

1、情感需要具备最丰富的并能随时调动起来的思想情感，一方面播音员节目主持人要不断的加强自己的修养，锻炼和培养自己的政治艺术素养，使自己具备宽广的胸怀、纯真的情操、美好的憧憬、深邃的境界、蓬勃的志趣、灵动的活力等等，另一方面调动起来的运动者的思想情感一定要服从于稿件或话题的界定，服务于播讲目的。

2、对声音的要求是要能够充分的表达各类不同稿件所确定的不同层次，不同色彩的情感，能清晰明确的传递稿件所载有的所有信息，并具有各自声音形象特点。

3、播音发声对气息的要求是能符合播音员进行播音创作的要求，有一定力度呼吸控制自如完美的配合发声的气息。

总之，情感要取其高声音要取其中气息，要取其深以达到自整，腔圆清晰持久，刚柔自如声情并茂的境地。

发声练习常见的问题及矫正方法

虚声过多

主要表现：声音不实在，有些无力，没有足够的亮度和响度。

矫正方法：虚声过多的学生，要注意锻炼唇舌的力度，练习一些响亮实在的词语和绕口令，如“百步穿杨”“中国伟大”等力度较大的词组，以及绕口令《八百标兵》《白庙和白猫》等。新闻播音当中，基本以实声为主，一般不出现虚声，而且换气声不要太大。

声音过于靠后

主要表现：声音沉重，不明亮。发声过程中也容易疲劳和不适。

矫正方法：注意“两头紧中间松”，口腔和小腹加强控制，喉部保持松弛。舌根要灵活，不要太生硬。注意与口腔共鸣的调节方法相结合。

鼻音偏重

主要表现：声音暗淡，不响亮，影响语言的清晰度。

矫正方法：注意软腭挺起，牙关打开，减少过多的气流经过鼻腔。克服口腔、双唇的无力状态，保持积极的播音状态，不可过于懒散。

声音分散

主要表现：声音不集中，不饱满，冲击力不强。

矫正方法：在发声的时候注意嘴唇中间三分之一部分用力，力量不可过于分散。注意气流冲击硬腭前端，也就是我们说的声挂硬腭，使声音更集中，更有冲击力。

缺乏弹性

主要表现：声音缺乏变化，没有抑扬顿挫的对比。

矫正方法：加强对比训练，包括高与低，快与慢的对比训练等。高与低的训练，可以练习声音的爬高与降低。比如“伟大的祖国，伟大的人民”这句话，可以先逐渐升高地说，然后再逐级下降地说，体会声音的高低变化，丰富声音的层次。快与慢的训练，可以用不同速度来说一句话。比如“班干部不管班干部”这句话，可以分别用快速和慢速来练习，体会快与慢的变化。声音弹性的获得还需要情感的支撑，加强情声气结合。

日常学习方法

朗读朗诵

读书，大声读书。天天坚持朗读文章，既训练咬字敏捷清楚，又能掌握更多文学常识，更关键的是对播音大有益处，清喉扩胸，纳乾坤之气，成皓然之身。需要多读相关著作文章，每日坚持朗读三十分钟以上。

录像练习

倘若时间需要，每过一阵子，把声音和演讲内容进行视频拍摄，接着反复观看，探讨哪里存在问题导致卡壳，姿势和神情是否不自然，久而久之，口才以及心态表现都会有明显进步。

速读

找来一则演说稿或一则其辞优美散文片段。先把原文中不明白的字、词弄明白，接着开始朗读。通常刚开始朗读速率比较慢，之后逐次逐次加快，直到你能够做到的最快速率。朗读过程中不可以有间断，读音要准确无误，咬字要清楚，要尽可能保证发音的完整。速读一定要建立在咬字清楚、读音干净整齐的前提上。大伙儿都有听过体育频道的解说员的解说，他们的解说就让人有快而不乱的感觉，每个字、每个音都发得十分清楚，没有含混不清的地方。播音希望做到的快也就是这种快，咬字清楚，而不是只为快而快。

即兴读物

日常余暇时，随意拿张旧报纸，随机翻到一段话，接着一鼓作气读下来。在朗读过程中，尽量控制上半句看稿子，下半句离开稿子看前面(假设前面有听众)。长此以往能加强记忆力，提高理解和即兴构思能力。

转述法

转述法就是把他人说的话重新地讲述一次。需要找一位伙伴一同进行。第一步，请另一方随便讲一个话题，亦或是故事。自己需注意聆听。然后再向另一方转述一次。练习在于训练语言的衔接性、实地临场发挥能力以及语言表达组织能力。倘若能面对观众转述就更佳，还能够训练你的胆量，摆脱焦虑不安心理。

模仿

大多数人自小便会模仿父母或大人说话。实际上模仿的过程也是一种学习。儿时学讲话是向父母及身边人学习。那么，练习口才同样也可以利用模仿法，对有相关专场的人模仿，如电视主持。久而久之，口语表达能力也会有所提高。

①模仿特定个人。生活上找一位语言表达能力强的人，请他讲些精彩说话，拍摄下来，供你进行模仿。也可以把你喜欢又适合模仿的主播、艺人、相声家等的表演记录下来进行模仿。

嗓音的保护

科学练声

1、练声过程必须按照：“以情带声、以声传情、以情运气、气随情动；以情用声、声随情变；声情并茂、传情达意”的要求来进行。

2、在练习时，要注意发“暖声”，状态应该积极热情，面部呈“似微笑”状。同时还应该把握住练声的顺序，那就是—声音由小到大、由弱渐强、由低至高、由近及远、由实转虚、由短到长、由柔到刚。有些人在用声时喉部负担过重，有的胸口僵硬、气息沉不下来，还有的人声音过刚过直等等，这类要尽快改掉毛病，掌握科学的发声方法，通过大量练习完成量变到质变的过程。

3、避免超时超量超负荷运作，一般来说，晨练控制在20分钟至半小时为宜，主要目的是把嗓子练开、练舒服，切不可盲目加大嗓音运动量。在嗓音疲劳的时候，可以用气泡音来帮助消除疲劳。气泡音是弱气流冲击声带，声带在压力最自然的状态下发出的音，是一种很好的声带保健方法。

它的具体做法是这样的，喉要放松，喉结处于适中的位置，气吸到五到七成，发出比较明亮的颗粒性比较强的气泡音。最好以“啊”音的延长音作为练习材料【a----------】【a----------】【a-------------】。如果一时发不好，可以反复做几次伸舌的动作，把舌头用力地向外伸，张大口，这样可以起到调节喉结紧张度的作用。在喉部松弛的情况下再来发音。气泡音在练声前发可以起到活动开声带的作用，在练声后发能起到保健按摩的作用。在练声前后常做此练习可以有效的提高发声的效率。

日常注意事项

1、根据自身的嗓音条件，扬长避短、量力而行、循序渐进、持之以恒。一般来说，只要方法科学，练习得法，好嗓子是可以练出来的。

2、增强体育锻炼。发音器官健康与否，很大程度上取决于身体的健康状况。对于播音员主持人以及其他学习者来说，适当的增强耐力性的体育锻炼，例如跑步等等，能有效地提高我们呼吸肌肉群对于气息的控制力，从而大大提高发声的效率。

3、睡眠要充足，睡眠不足会引起声带充血、喉肌疲劳，致使声音黯淡嘶哑。

4、养成良好的生活习惯、饮食习惯。要避免烟酒刺激，抽烟会使声带粘膜干燥、充血、肥厚，使喉下分泌物增多，从而引起声音变低、音色昏暗沙哑等等。饮酒除了辛辣对喉部的直接刺激以外，还会使大脑以及发声器官功能失调。进行嗓音工作前半小时最好不要吃油腻的食品，否则容易造成嗓子不清爽、发粘。

5、女生例假期间，不要高声练习，最好少用嗓，因为这期间往往伴随声带充血、水肿，如果高声练习，容易产生声带小结。这时可以做些无声练习，例如唇舌力量、口腔开合度以及气息训练等等。

6、剧烈运动后不宜喝冷饮。人在运动时，声带处于发热充血状态。这时如果喝冷饮，声带遇冷会不正常收缩，长此以往，容易引起声带的病变。

总之，好的嗓子是按照科学的方法，经过严格的训练得来的。使用与保护是同时进行的，切不可盲目使用而不去保护，长此以往，声音变坏，甚至患严重喉疾病，被迫离开播音主持岗位，就很可惜了。

心理素质的培养

1、播音主持人在紧张的压力下会出现一系列相应的系统变化，如声带绷紧导致声音变高、变窄、声音抖动，呼吸急促导致气浅气浮；身体姿势和动作会发生变化，协作变得不自然，笨拙甚至僵硬；思维也会变得混乱等。

2、良好的心理素质是播音主持人需要具备的职业素养之一。在播音前，首先要克服紧张的情绪。紧张的情绪很多时候是自信心不足造成的，要增强自信心就需要播音主持人对节目的全过程有总体的把握，同时对可能出现的问题要考虑周全，设定出应对措施。

3、在发声时，让声音准确、清晰、流畅，富于表现力和感染力的前提是优秀的心理素质。充足的自信心可以鼓舞士气，使身心处于亢奋状态，促使大脑的积极思考，反应敏捷。

学习途径

大学

在播音领域排名第一的是中国传媒大学，其次是浙江传媒大学，如果有志于学习播音的同学，可以以上面两所学校，作为自己的目标。

校外的实体学校

因为播音方面的学习，不像英语班或者学生学习的补习班那样的普及，这方面的学校一个省也就那么几个吧，不是太多的，非常的稀少，而这方面的市场需求又很大，所以这一块学习的相关支出是非常大的。

自学

自学播音主持是可以的，但是比较难，需要找对方法并认真学习。

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"对于很多热爱播音的人来说，学习播音不仅能让人具备更好的表达能力、思考能力、沟通能力、组织协调以及领导能力，而且学得好，可以实现当播音主持的梦想。那么如何学播音呢？","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUdqll2kcJ323TNThgA5Zxf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"什么是播音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjIvyRr31EpYMgOXjHG0r8c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音定义","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsv6iXWaGcqwfpTTQ6Y4GSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音的定义有广义和狭义的区分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDbCmDsUYG7f1FDTpqlJBVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"广义：指电台、电视台等电子传媒所进行的一切有关声音语言和副语言传播信息的活动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniZosCRfcImMfXS2G6FXtVc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"狭义：播音员和节目主持人运用有声语言和副语言，通过广播电视传媒进行传播信息的创作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLqA67oSbglMLBNU8nja0re"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":584,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"播音定义","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b473e9cf72ba4ef799734c3b4d73e543","width":1036},"text":"","id":"doxcnNXFxOzGSdZ0kzMDS3U5cTg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnV34KhcJc1l0i1jtGXjWdsD"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音的要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn162oH3BhzMcshCXxq0g2ke"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"发音正确,吐字正确。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndVTQYfUpKTMYF0hQGTrxGc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用标准的普通话播读，特别要注意多音多义字，古诗文中特别要注意按意定音。不添字不少字不读破句，朗读清晰完整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRZRgiEzTQYVTY90l16VkFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"语速适当,用心感受","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIHuvYV257dyp77tjuX5SBh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要抓住文章特点，使节奏流利和谐，缓急结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxZBzweZQpY632YDfJzdTVf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"语调生动,轻重适宜","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFRjG8E4M53SjoYIGEllyAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据需要，分出轻重缓急，分清抑扬顿挫，表达出文章的思想感情。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE3taJomEY9Bbue4J2qUa1e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"语调生动,轻重适宜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/631ff6265bab4380b351b7111f4684ce","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnjqVP5JCmRKjRWEfkK2gHw9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBK65wSkehohuQziTSybwJc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音学习技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5CSsyo0PdXtQPh65zd6o7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对播音员而言，具备良好的语言表达能力犹如进入这一行的钥匙，假如无法打开这道门，就无法担任播音主持的工作。想要","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"具备娴熟的语言表达能力、专业化的播音能力，就需播音员通过长时间努力练习及不断探索","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuK0ZnabCfN54fzMbKd818b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"普通话标准","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAbM3SXQjG2LE5WlYPmsDbf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"普通话标准是播音主持上岗的基本条件，如何达到普通话标准呢？主要可以从以下几个方面着手。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3m2vzF9VAJHmcv5awjsoTn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声母","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFF0hfI6rfgFSY1Yp8UGMYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声母包含b、p、m、f、d、t、n、l、g、k、h、j、q、x、z、c、s、zh、ch、shi、r","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnumbvujy74SI6twxhTv31ed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声母按发音部位的分7类：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlAvmNlF7L6vOWEvyZy2Jzf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、双唇阻:上唇与下唇成阻。下唇向上运动与上唇接触，双唇闭拢成阻。双唇阻声母有b、p、m。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyAY70eKkxCeZVoMs8lbKle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、唇齿阻:上门齿与下唇成阻。上唇稍抬，稍露出上齿，下唇向上，唇缘线与上门齿靠拢、接触成阻。唇齿阻声母有f。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj3YrbVq9tojW2uGkcoeFQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、舌尖前阻:舌尖与上门齿背成阻。舌尖平伸，与上门齿背接触或接近成阻。舌尖前阻声母有z、c、s。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHFgOUdrTLff333MtA6NhZg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、舌尖中阻:舌尖与上门齿龈成阻。舌尖向前上方抬起与上门齿龈接触、抵住成阻。舌尖中阻声母有d、t、n、l。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGUrrHUUo7zmzcaLdMEmiHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、舌尖后阻:舌尖与前硬腭成阻。舌体稍向后缩，舌尖向上方翘起，与硬腭前部接触或接近成阻。舌尖后阻声母有zh、ch、sh、r。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFzgTuVABFLQosKsTwrDbee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、舌面阻:舌面前部与硬腭前部成阻。舌尖向下前伸抵住下齿背，舌面向上抬起，接触或接近硬腭前部成阻。舌面阻声母有j、q、x。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ4hYR3ADl02BgvQa168J6d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、舌根阻:舌根与硬腭软腭交界处成阻。舌体后缩，舌根隆起与硬腭和软腭交界处接触或接近成阻。舌根阻声母有g、k、h。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW7h58t5pZfdueqNw05jJ7b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"韵母","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno84r6NIrOAQAYBc2l8D6Oh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"按汉语语音学的传统分析方法，把汉语音节中声母以后的部分叫韵母。韵母由单元音或复合音充当，普通话中有39个别韵母。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbM4N663c6gaFUTfhLxWTBc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、10个单韵母：a、o、e、ê、i、u、ü、-i（前）、-i（后）、er","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnntegDi4LKxPZZfFelhUbpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、13个复韵母：ai、ei、ao、ou、ia、ie、ua、uo、üe、iao、iou、uai、uei","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHXGLI6GhoatcorIZDQkWCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、16个鼻韵母8前8后：an、en、in、ün、ian、uan、üan、uen、","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPZSHAB5o419YouhzV18USb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"ang、eng、ing、ong、iong、iang、uang、ueng","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjEjQHAQQo4Kf0GjMP6UMPg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":537,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"韵母","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/00a2532477ce43ae89ca6c23b8b78d88","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcna4yt8T8MSh9ZfLcv6PjMgm"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"调值","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSgelmpvzQHiPAzrpZNyZ7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声调是汉语音节结构中不可缺少的成分，它同声母、韵母一样，有区别意义的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOVq8bOhq6sRkOyb13pBcHm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"调值是指音节声调的相对音高。调值通常采用“五度标记法”记录，用一条竖线表示声音的高低，从下面最低点到最高点共分为五度，分别用1、2、3、4、5依次表示。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWzvw1gbDwCSywMXpZ23qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"普通话各类声调的调值为：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSb0i2DaPehd2YqZj5fWkqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"阴平：高平调，55","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwsSANgkCC7Gjh0ZEbhOgXr"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"阳平：高升调，35","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneJPVwgmYej1iHBQPaiMmFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"上声：降升调，214","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFb5dIrwABgIMAynGi46mdh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"去声：全降调，51","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0nLzUOhdLJiDn6HnYV0IGg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":570,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"调值","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d1c5a9a11ff2474e8ed9647c98e7c2ed","width":828},"text":"","id":"doxcnaIYqcRMXC6xD1la54R1Vzg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc8eaZXcPH7SBXq71MJNT5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、练习绕口令","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqGKf768pz4oQF4I0xQte4c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过绕口令练习，可以提高口语能力，把握住文字发音音准，学好拼音字母，掌握发音部位，反复进行训练，让自己普通话的发音准确度更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3anh96bPEkPaHCxyxNvqQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、制定训练计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBh0TzLECalCwy6ntnbGfOf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要有计划的进行普通话训练，了解自己的基础，制定合理的计划，规定每天的练习量，以周为单位，在不断训练中查找不足，并不断提升。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniGbpphJ9BsreSxdDUH4Fwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、掌握训练要领","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZNGyW0z5zpDjPmjaITtIjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"坚持用普通话进行日常会话，可以读一些报纸上的文章，或者拿出词典，多多进行发音练习，提高发音准度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIxkZAlay9O7MTftDfn6v5b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习方法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/dcc835a8207d491a9cab5f9e9475bd88","width":500},"text":"","id":"doxcnRkkzSoXYTMAeovXzVh547c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"气息控制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUW8gduywNE6uwdmMcEjOye"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"气息控制是播音从业人员需要达到的最基本要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrVwkQHVnjGs7cGOxZceZJe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音发声气息的要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndvq5EPw7plxNDB1Q9EvEec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一、持久的气息控制能力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaCv70iVLsR9xdU5B8Ixand"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"气息控制是作为一个播音员的基本的条件，如果播音员播一篇长篇的稿件时要求声音由始至终保持一定力度，不减不衰，从容不迫，这就要求对气息有持久的控制能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhLK99fOrOHqUZOQqqYnPnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二、气息控制要有稳劲儿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3Alf6yu5CLo5UEmeXeerKd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音员要根据节目内容的要求调节气息压力，该强就强、该弱就弱，吸气量要大于日常说话，呼气时要保持较为稳定的压力，调节自如。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8POYiRmzvLNkDMghSXjDSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三、能做到快吸慢呼，并能根据需要及时补气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQYcg4tNKMpA8iRBwJPq4Ig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音语言，一般句子长度比口语长，结构比较复杂，间歇比口语少而短。要把每个句子播得完整而有层次，就需要按照句子结构用气，绝不能因气不够用而停下来吸气，要求播音员呼气的持续时间要尽量长，而且要掌握在句子进行中补气、偷气的技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn384MqHxaclorKfJi5YABjg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"四、做到短时间无声吸气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnco6xpsAZhYW7gtQKXgckNg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"即要求播音员能作较长时间的呼气及保持一定的气息压力，吸气量就必须比平常大一些，吸气速度快一些，播音员依靠话筒传声，话筒灵敏度高，很容易混入吸气的杂音。而吸气杂音多，会给人不从容的感觉，甚至会使人厌烦。因而，播音员必须学会在短时间内吸气无声。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7YmPDpNKu9xvrO3ff12Zgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五、呼气时要注意的两点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGbXKNIQ8G63HshfS0kLz9c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、尽量保持两助张开支撑感(实际仍会塌下收回一些)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniZ3kxtCrme5j3cBw9flhvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、着重体会，在这种呼吸肌的配合中、靠腹肌收缩往外送气流的感觉。这一步练习主要体会胸腹联合式呼吸方式中，腹肌参与吸气、呼气控制、特别是收腹呼气的感觉。随着呼吸控制能力及","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"隔肌","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"与腹肌配合能力的增强，吸气量可加大到八、九成满，只需注意呼气时，仍不要有明显地“扼喉”感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVSRMTDnj3Nmqa7NrIkiJLg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"播音发声气息控制具体实施方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng0GVdgwZ2psTXDC5Yt6H6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnchHEiM1dWg5pZrsxlc7yFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"没有气息，声带不能颤动发声。但只是声带发出声音是不够的。想要嗓音富于弹性、耐久，需要的是源源不断供给声带气流。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQBGf0kTxRyg7aEEnofYTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一、胸腹联合呼吸法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnn9GUGbVC6Y8FOMgieQ17Xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"吸气后两肋扩大，横膈膜下降，小腹微收。胸腹联合呼吸法是朗读时应该掌握的方法。这种呼吸活动范围大、伸缩性强，可以使气息均匀平衡。理想的状态是做到“吸气一大片、呼气一条线；气断情不断，声断意不断”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA17GXUD4cJ4xBBICmOJWDb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":509,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"播音发声气息控制具体实施方法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/251a7e7182774039893fcdb44bbd43da","width":593},"text":"","id":"doxcnwKsfKofTbLeCPNiIw97zPf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习方法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8x39PPLjJY3hjS8LV6Nmk2"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、慢吸慢呼，双目平视前方、头正、肩放松，像在旷野呼吸花香一样，慢慢吸足气。要感觉到腰腹之间充气膨胀，气入丹田，但是要收小腹，保持几秒后，轻缓呼出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnemgri9W1yS2VxWZjEyNT3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可以在呼气的时候加入以下练习：呼气时练习xiao lan（拼音小兰），一声声渐渐远去，或者数数1、2、3、4……，嘴上用力，发音之间不要闭住声门，不要跑气换气，数得越多越好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ6LNZmqR4wORGLN13X5YVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、快吸慢呼，快速短促地吸气，并保持气息，呼气时缓缓呼出，配合声音，平稳均匀。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaZAE0hfSHj7GRdZfUBZTjb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"呼气时，可以通过以下发声练习：巴、拔、把、爸、低、答、底、大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2n42duBHFnJ736ftLtJKUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"换气时，可以进行以下练习：广场上，红旗飘，看你能数多少旗，一面旗、两面旗、三面旗、四面、五面旗……，相声小品里的“数来宝”经常用这个形式，大家可以观察演员的呼吸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4X8lTfPcnCXIb3fktkXNod"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcney7Vj6ENg9WLMRvGuGnzUb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":377,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"播音发声气息控制具体实施方法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/515abc06688d48eda0425b5c3ad5e870","width":589},"text":"","id":"doxcnHxpAbcldg9ycaqSvVgPXkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、强控制练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh436r418qaSZPOVcejRZQg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要求气要吸得深并保持一定量，呼气要均匀、通畅、灵活。强控制练习需要一点声乐练习知识，在这里不好介绍。大家可以回想：《智取威虎山》里杨子荣喝酒唱歌那一段，最后结尾有个“啊—哈、哈、哈、哈哈哈……”基本的感觉就是这样。要体会膈肌和腹肌的作用，发声的时候气息是应该下沉的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7LoPmB8iP7uY5fUW7Eu6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"参考练习诗词：岳飞《满江红》、毛泽东《忆秦娥·娄山关》、陈然《我的“自白”书》，新闻联播播音员在播报简讯的时候，一般都用强控制。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAK4e4YlZZvrHE9TpSP54kd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、弱控制练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHGejKhDvcED5Fl54hxpAMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、吸气深呼气匀。缓慢持续地发出ai、uai、uang、iang四个音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntmzTFVTujaYkUyPfyMQkjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、夸大声调，延长发音，控制气息。花红柳绿","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"H—ua、H—ong、L—iu、L—","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"v（发音时，声母和韵母之间气息拉长，要均匀、不断气）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXCdPdLSe7DFb5h2H2sWFuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、通过夸大连续，控制气息，扩展音域。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8pYIPvpKOJtTCsMvCaYhbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"参考练习诗词：李白《静夜思》、孟浩然《春晓》等。气息控制训练可以把握“深（吸得深）、匀（呼得匀）、通（气通畅）、活（用灵活）”四字方针，注意气息和内容的结合。单纯的语音、气息训练效果并不好，需要大家在实际朗读过程中不断体会、运用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNFeOtcFHRbCBR3DxEbgZLc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":277,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"播音发声气息控制具体实施方法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6573581de4534162a062cb5ea473bd2f","width":443},"text":"","id":"doxcnCf0HaHjf358NvlGFCxUs2c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"共鸣控制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsbNiRjVybas8cS8pLVSHed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"共鸣对于播音发声的重要性体现在播音是以言语发声的过程，要想声音圆润集中，需要改变共鸣条件。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUt0y4eIY3tVhXYzRqpByiZ"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"共鸣控制要领","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuziEOnYPhRcOHwirB539lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据解剖学原理，共鸣器官能够受控并随意活动的是软腭、咽部和舌部，共鸣控制主要关注这三部门肌肉的活动组成结果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0YwEYTJO6kNHUUy2y0qUEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、提起颧肌","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw0bWTxeQuYlehYO3TuKv3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"颧肌稍带紧张感，使该部位肌肉向外上方稍稍提起，这就是提颧肌。提颧肌能使我们的发音更清晰、明亮。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnylPWbglUwMKOGt4FffYqYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、打开牙","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAon52fY07KQhlMJ5BVKJIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指双侧上后槽牙保持向上提起的感觉。这样就加大了口腔开度丰富了共鸣。考生可以用含有“Q”的音节来做夸张的练习，将会取得明显效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM2CXP0ClNyaOeME4fByU8g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、放松下巴","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9pibW0G9dyQvCWpVFDIaah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下巴紧张会导致舌根和喉头的紧张，进而导致发声吃力，声音也将发紧，有意的放松下巴就会使我们的发声吐字更加自如。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2Q5Yxy8wrVuiDHXsoghKad"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"共鸣分类及训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHdREz0MGUXkzqexXnBPOch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、口腔共鸣：口腔共鸣的获得是要在发音时，口腔自然上下打开，笑肌微提，下腭自然放下稍后拉，上腭有上提的感觉。口腔共鸣发声最主要的一点，是发声的时候鼻咽要关闭，不产生鼻泄露。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn25XrEAzllAF7p3ZriwTxTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过下列练习大家可以体会一下，基本都是以开口元音为主练习：ba、da、ga、pa、ta、ka、peng、pa、pi、pu、pai。普通话的四个声调，准确的叫法是第一声—阴平，第二声—阳平，第三声—上声，第四声—去声。我们在进行声音训练的时候，多用阴平声调进行，这样有利于体会声音和气息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfe6DpNo1lJRA9tecOKJhgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"词组练习：澎湃、冰雹、拍照、平静、批评，哗啦啦、噼啪啪、咣啷啷、扑嗵嗵、胡噜噜、快乐、宣纸、挫折、菊花、捐助、吹捧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpCWoUJVQbmqMfpfzqjW4eb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"绕口令：山上五株树，架上五壶醋，林中五只鹿，柜中五条裤，伐了山上树，取下架上醋，捉住林中鹿，拿出柜中裤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOmGMuaAqIVqe1tfuAewIh0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、鼻腔共鸣：鼻腔共鸣是声波在鼻骨上的振动，即将声音的焦点定位在鼻腔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm0ljqbuTVG5CL6WDnyT8sg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"鼻腔共鸣是通过软腭来实现的，标准的鼻辅音m，n和ng就是这样发声的。有人觉得鼻音重显得声音好听、有厚度，但是过多的鼻音有如感冒，是不好的。发a、i、u的音，加点鼻腔共鸣体会，加鼻辅音ma、mi、mu、na、ni、nu。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnccfxue3prjh3hQsOwzmpld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"词组练习：妈妈、光芒、中央、接纳、头脑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNtqM6jgDQF0Po0E0yniSZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"蓝蓝的天上白云飘，白云下面马儿跑，挥动鞭儿响四方，百鸟齐飞翔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDtCTbL5LL2DV3eUbZPgFtb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、胸腔共鸣：是指声带振动激起气管内空气柱振动而传送到肺再扩及整个胸腔引起共振产生的整个共鸣包括横隔膜以上至气管顶端的整个脑区。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjZSWEz8mlSwJj88IbOpwXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胸腔的空间及共鸣能量大，发出的声音有深度和宽度，声音更浑厚、宽广。“a”元音直上、直下、滑动练习。词组练习：百炼成钢、翻江倒海、追悔莫及。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsctwnFMkr5Xo3UrUZnV4Ih"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小柳树满地栽，金花谢，银花开。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8l0IwDMTF3aaqcxIFj9ntb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"共鸣分类及训练","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d7863954e5b14390a628818f2a2383e5","width":500},"text":"","id":"doxcnl7ThmPCuM3JIkWNY3OCAaf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音的弹性","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLXIFds8qzMnLgltHWWaXxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音弹性，是指播音时声音形式对不同播讲内容和形式的适应能力。声音弹性包括声音的高与低、强与弱、实与虚、明与暗、刚与柔、厚与薄、纵与收等多层次对比变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqngVWJaZWqoa5BhcR1s6Ie"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音弹性的特点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1zQokFp5Y2U6ernHe4nrvG"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、可变性，不同语调和情感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMcT6rxnjiTeNxnA01FLO3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、对比性，有起有伏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJfUbuIf4PoHnAkX20QE8yf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、复合性，不会单独存在，是多种结合的，如虚低，高实。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRKOoC9S2xjxghFesLTHSOh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音弹性训练方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMU2LQXBjIBwstTiFuhzci6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、虚实练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOFpcAOBWfLTHQzdUPgAqJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"虚实练声方法是：吸一口气，然后屏住呼吸，让声门保持在闭合状态，开始发音，此时声音是响亮的实声。然后逐渐打开声门，声音由明亮到柔和的音色变化，这个时候注意体会喉咙的感觉，刚柔、厚薄、明暗等变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh2zozgIoLEeeqrQJXSatWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、高低声练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKbNwikMTkRkBY4zSFl17Bc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"a、i、u由低音向上滑动，再从高音向下滑动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncB7NtAwUaRk4YuHgehl0Kg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个练习主要可以锻炼自己对于音色的精细识别能力和控制能力，可以在自己不断的练习中感受。可以进行不同音高的朗读练习。用一句话，或一首诗，变化着不同的音高来进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJdB27LBOy68InAxSQ66W5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如：“飞流直下三千尺，疑是银河落九天。”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXP6Gp8sBX46ttUSWVHI63f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"先用习惯音高朗读一遍，然后逐渐降低音调朗读，读到不太能胜任的音高时又逐渐提高音调读，也是读到自己还能胜任的最高音为止。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0uzbPUl9gyI8bApG94s6Oa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、强弱练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncmH1qBo07QWcvearqm8dPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"远距离对话练习，练习时随时改变距离。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4JSKDIpvKcgEWr1g34yeef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"甲：喂—，喂—，小芳—","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGtKFeV7JnjeO7jKE3eAs0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"乙：嗳—","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNFPAjt9BlY3iCMf8kVU20d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"甲：快—来—啊—","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoBokDqg8HkL0nY24260Fuq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"乙：怎么了—呀—","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMeORYbYMAWJ9lQjs4mMSSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"甲：一起去看—电—影—吧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnV9SKP8hWFfcmvwDS77IbAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"乙：好—啊！","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAaZxUfxsSVvHC4ThOsk67g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"夸张声音练习法：注意加大运动幅度，用丹田气发声。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZu68HzOMyVltAlSwKMZaTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"快板是最明显的例子，想象说快板的演员发声的状态，自己找一段快板试试，体会声音的弹性。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2b6KUnFZRz8Qbzla2iwkMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、练唱音阶法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnT83HMPuH35wsUHRHP9hnWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音音高与声带张力成正比例。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniZVPkO3NV5hXHy9Cf2mPRd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果想提高音高，就须加强声带张力。反之则减弱。所以，进行音高的变化练习能有效地发展和增强声带伸缩变化的控制能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncAAYcm3rtHOsuGbByxlbLo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"其中最有效的练习办法是利用钢琴来练唱音阶，在自己力所能及的音域内半度半度地下降，半度半度地上升，进行反复练习。没有条件的则可借鉴京剧演员喊嗓子的练声法，做绕音练习，从基础音开始，逐渐地向高、低音两头扩展。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxq7JfDE74gtivdvX8ZzUHh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":715,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"声音弹性训练方法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b7017c61b6aa42df99e9744d92a860e8","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcn4MaI6QOKk0uxSjppSngXZf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"发音中的情声气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVY9Sh9EiRxtcpoFj05McHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语言是传递信息和交流思想情感的工具，存在于人际交流的有声语言情感，语声和气息是一个系统中的几个方面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2zFFG0tt9ywiQ4NlWsftFc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"情:是指在播音过程中播音员服务于播，讲目的由具体稿件或者话题引发，并由有声语言表达出来，始终运动着情感情，情我们进行播音创作的依据。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0jPhkliSHzuAwwkVABBGcf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"声:声是播音员依据稿件或话题，使发声器官运用播音技巧所发出的表达思想情感包含大量信息，并通过电声设备进行传播，经过科学训练的规范化艺术化的有声语言。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5jFqs7fir9yztTfB3vKJsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"气：气指的是在播音过程中未时有声，语言传情达意，播音员所控制自如使用胸腹式联合呼吸法所获得的发生动力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnymUB0leIC2jos3ugsKgVGe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"情声气要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEBFxzqeljxQJftkQGzqdeh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、情感需要具备最丰富的并能随时调动起来的思想情感，一方面播音员节目主持人要不断的加强自己的修养，锻炼和培养自己的政治艺术素养，使自己具备宽广的胸怀、纯真的情操、美好的憧憬、深邃的境界、蓬勃的志趣、灵动的活力等等，另一方面调动起来的运动者的思想情感一定要服从于稿件或话题的界定，服务于播讲目的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnolqrFLApyQCFMH9honIQch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、对声音的要求是要能够充分的表达各类不同稿件所确定的不同层次，不同色彩的情感，能清晰明确的传递稿件所载有的所有信息，并具有各自声音形象特点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndv4pN4Pr3LDGCSZD6KnSEg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、播音发声对气息的要求是能符合播音员进行播音创作的要求，有一定力度呼吸控制自如完美的配合发声的气息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9FzvWlVK4fsX4jfxo5YLSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"总之，情感要取其高声音要取其中气息，要取其深以达到自整，腔圆清晰持久，刚柔自如声情并茂的境地。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj968pFNp7XWf0JPVthp5nh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"发声练习常见的问题及矫正方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMMSHUDHcykznkJqZrivXFh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"虚声过多","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA6GQjsByPCNv3OgnrAgE2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现：声音不实在，有些无力，没有足够的亮度和响度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc9oH8UKI2gG7yNFDOaOGgf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矫正方法：虚声过多的学生，要注意锻炼唇舌的力度，练习一些响亮实在的词语和绕口令，如“百步穿杨”“中国伟大”等力度较大的词组，以及绕口令《八百标兵》《白庙和白猫》等。新闻播音当中，基本以实声为主，一般不出现虚声，而且换气声不要太大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzhiKdnCDz9PXgWezVHJfvd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音过于靠后","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCwnux0MSQLJvEjWj9iMg0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现：声音沉重，不明亮。发声过程中也容易疲劳和不适。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRQiycgCaMUBQrzZb8R48of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矫正方法：注意“两头紧中间松”，口腔和小腹加强控制，喉部保持松弛。舌根要灵活，不要太生硬。注意与口腔共鸣的调节方法相结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNMhj3QifMP3YWnnjDycj0c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"鼻音偏重","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI2F6r8PPe7AWVoi4PFtF3b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现：声音暗淡，不响亮，影响语言的清晰度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwpDsV4q9cSOmDoD4QVLPDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矫正方法：注意软腭挺起，牙关打开，减少过多的气流经过鼻腔。克服口腔、双唇的无力状态，保持积极的播音状态，不可过于懒散。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbiNwaTTWRKXUIVbMpn5CRg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"声音分散","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzw0apxxc6XpspHfypG92we"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现：声音不集中，不饱满，冲击力不强。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfMZTgKT5CNa2rHh2D8pq0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矫正方法：在发声的时候注意嘴唇中间三分之一部分用力，力量不可过于分散。注意气流冲击硬腭前端，也就是我们说的声挂硬腭，使声音更集中，更有冲击力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU9zqQKhoqnh5guXdaYgCVW"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"缺乏弹性","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqbhziUcUnfUd6BcaGSC5Uc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要表现：声音缺乏变化，没有抑扬顿挫的对比。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6cVtt2jC0KvleYKr8rTXeh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矫正方法：加强对比训练，包括高与低，快与慢的对比训练等。高与低的训练，可以练习声音的爬高与降低。比如“伟大的祖国，伟大的人民”这句话，可以先逐渐升高地说，然后再逐级下降地说，体会声音的高低变化，丰富声音的层次。快与慢的训练，可以用不同速度来说一句话。比如“班干部不管班干部”这句话，可以分别用快速和慢速来练习，体会快与慢的变化。声音弹性的获得还需要情感的支撑，加强情声气结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlsmiPvx6Euo0KIMqRwAhWe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":476,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"缺乏弹性","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/af1487657c464aa8a4e5db41b562ab34","width":1024},"text":"","id":"doxcn63wvk7tS75frW4ayaDePhc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"日常学习方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvs2CLGmnGjlwkWoy5dspQf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"朗读朗诵","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnv8Q2ejva9hy0IAHw0dj06f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读书，大声读书。天天坚持朗读文章，既训练咬字敏捷清楚，又能掌握更多文学常识，更关键的是对播音大有益处，清喉扩胸，纳乾坤之气，成皓然之身。需要多读相关著作文章，每日坚持朗读三十分钟以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIsooIgS3WLSZFjbydlrdSe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"录像练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnobuCHNCjkTAY1EHhCAA1Se"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"倘若时间需要，每过一阵子，把声音和演讲内容进行视频拍摄，接着反复观看，探讨哪里存在问题导致卡壳，姿势和神情是否不自然，久而久之，口才以及心态表现都会有明显进步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTzwPQFxhhUQFvlJjyZTMzf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"速读","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9FVgdJhjAHrWcWBV0BZTyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"找来一则演说稿或一则其辞优美散文片段。先把原文中不明白的字、词弄明白，接着开始朗读。通常刚开始朗读速率比较慢，之后逐次逐次加快，直到你能够做到的最快速率。朗读过程中不可以有间断，读音要准确无误，咬字要清楚，要尽可能保证发音的完整。速读一定要建立在咬字清楚、读音干净整齐的前提上。大伙儿都有听过体育频道的解说员的解说，他们的解说就让人有快而不乱的感觉，每个字、每个音都发得十分清楚，没有含混不清的地方。播音希望做到的快也就是这种快，咬字清楚，而不是只为快而快。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFadZW0WldiblV1h3bno2Lh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"即兴读物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuXBbDP8MXHB1xSJZdvNNjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"日常余暇时，随意拿张旧报纸，随机翻到一段话，接着一鼓作气读下来。在朗读过程中，尽量控制上半句看稿子，下半句离开稿子看前面(假设前面有听众)。长此以往能加强记忆力，提高理解和即兴构思能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPbl7entmXCTu6LM87zhBrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"转述法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnd3wfD3LbosbZW85Lhf2NGG"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"转述法就是把他人说的话重新地讲述一次。需要找一位伙伴一同进行。第一步，请另一方随便讲一个话题，亦或是故事。自己需注意聆听。然后再向另一方转述一次。练习在于训练语言的衔接性、实地临场发挥能力以及语言表达组织能力。倘若能面对观众转述就更佳，还能够训练你的胆量，摆脱焦虑不安心理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn76hcED9WZKH5PYaP6OVluc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"模仿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5Xb1f3c66vs4v53FT7LRrg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大多数人自小便会模仿父母或大人说话","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。实际上模仿的过程也是一种学习。儿时学讲话是向父母及身边人学习。那么，练习口才同样也可以利用模仿法，对有相关专场的人模仿，如电视主持。久而久之，口语表达能力也会有所提高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxHbuGtxwyaxpKusJqv2Uce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①模仿特定个人。生活上找一位语言表达能力强的人，请他讲些精彩说话，拍摄下来，供你进行模仿。也可以把你喜欢又适合模仿的主播、艺人、相声家等的表演记录下来进行模仿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuL3DkyabYZN0XoIKURn4bg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"模仿","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fb534dfcfabe4c86a536524afbf9927c","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnmt2fqbibGOoWKPCsXlfpdc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"嗓音的保护","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMTmLZrKC3tTNXBgL588TKh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"科学练声","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrHSG6nOmtKelBnX1lYi5Ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、练声过程必须按照：“以情带声、以声传情、以情运气、气随情动；以情用声、声随情变；声情并茂、传情达意”的要求来进行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOnawUxn6ISUIh8eJx2daPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、在练习时，要注意发“暖声”，状态应该积极热情，面部呈“似微笑”状。同时还应该把握住练声的顺序，那就是—声音由小到大、由弱渐强、由低至高、由近及远、由实转虚、由短到长、由柔到刚。有些人在用声时喉部负担过重，有的胸口僵硬、气息沉不下来，还有的人声音过刚过直等等，这类要尽快改掉毛病，掌握科学的发声方法，通过大量练习完成量变到质变的过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS9Gl5wursjSBPLKuKzSqj9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、避免超时超量超负荷运作，一般来说，晨练控制在20分钟至半小时为宜，主要目的是把嗓子练开、练舒服，切不可盲目加大嗓音运动量。在嗓音疲劳的时候，可以用气泡音来帮助消除疲劳。气泡音是弱气流冲击声带，声带在压力最自然的状态下发出的音，是一种很好的声带保健方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKplOXZzzsJoE4P7WMEGAjb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它的具体做法是这样的，喉要放松，喉结处于适中的位置，气吸到五到七成，发出比较明亮的颗粒性比较强的气泡音。最好以“啊”音的延长音作为练习材料【a----------】【a----------】【a-------------】。如果一时发不好，可以反复做几次伸舌的动作，把舌头用力地向外伸，张大口，这样可以起到调节喉结紧张度的作用。在喉部松弛的情况下再来发音。气泡音在练声前发可以起到活动开声带的作用，在练声后发能起到保健按摩的作用。在练声前后常做此练习可以有效的提高发声的效率。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnms9MEHpmsl6flHBieQpAqf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"日常注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrHmwJGn8ahET4qSmwxAnCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、根据自身的嗓音条件，扬长避短、量力而行、循序渐进、持之以恒。一般来说，只要方法科学，练习得法，好嗓子是可以练出来的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpevA1pTyACGsSOmst4PmCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、增强体育锻炼。发音器官健康与否，很大程度上取决于身体的健康状况。对于播音员主持人以及其他学习者来说，适当的增强耐力性的体育锻炼，例如跑步等等，能有效地提高我们呼吸肌肉群对于气息的控制力，从而大大提高发声的效率。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrcPIhxSGAttEgieHOX6ygP"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、睡眠要充足，睡眠不足会引起声带充血、喉肌疲劳，致使声音黯淡嘶哑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5oo9SXcdV4gIwquQYBORwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、养成良好的生活习惯、饮食习惯。要避免烟酒刺激，抽烟会使声带粘膜干燥、充血、肥厚，使喉下分泌物增多，从而引起声音变低、音色昏暗沙哑等等。饮酒除了辛辣对喉部的直接刺激以外，还会使大脑以及发声器官功能失调。进行嗓音工作前半小时最好不要吃油腻的食品，否则容易造成嗓子不清爽、发粘。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnymwPWbyZfLpUyMmbdESOGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、女生例假期间，不要高声练习，最好少用嗓，因为这期间往往伴随声带充血、水肿，如果高声练习，容易产生声带小结。这时可以做些无声练习，例如唇舌力量、口腔开合度以及气息训练等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndJOB6UTdeVU6CxSIkm294f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、剧烈运动后不宜喝冷饮。人在运动时，声带处于发热充血状态。这时如果喝冷饮，声带遇冷会不正常收缩，长此以往，容易引起声带的病变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn17B81otKoloDx7McFIzRse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"总之，好的嗓子是按照科学的方法，经过严格的训练得来的。使用与保护是同时进行的，切不可盲目使用而不去保护，长此以往，声音变坏，甚至患严重喉疾病，被迫离开播音主持岗位，就很可惜了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qu0JJErpBgoicqN5VRsSe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1066,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"日常注意事项","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/55e20ec1c068428b8b54335e7f17483b","width":1600},"text":"","id":"doxcnpWAMqs4UmHnJ5KR2L5ZqUd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"心理素质的培养","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnscgjx8wUg3asam5SFJvgKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、播音主持人在紧张的压力下会出现一系列相应的系统变化，如声带绷紧导致声音变高、变窄、声音抖动，呼吸急促导致气浅气浮；身体姿势和动作会发生变化，协作变得不自然，笨拙甚至僵硬；思维也会变得混乱等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmfNIcRNif6unpKLU79aXVc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、良好的心理素质是播音主持人需要具备的职业素养之一。在播音前，首先要克服紧张的情绪。紧张的情绪很多时候是自信心不足造成的，要增强自信心就需要播音主持人对节目的全过程有总体的把握，同时对可能出现的问题要考虑周全，设定出应对措施。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJSBBhOoLYLtb4noPbNaNzc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在发声时，让声音准确、清晰、流畅，富于表现力和感染力的前提是优秀的心理素质。充足的自信心可以鼓舞士气，使身心处于亢奋状态，促使大脑的积极思考，反应敏捷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHY7Q8liYLYXHJJQo0n2k3b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":426,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"心理素质的培养","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/35d5905078164b26bec67d43cd9da7c3","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcntfynv2uO1GWVbGkAixW0Xc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmPgJe9DYY7pzydtKuTDlWO"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习途径","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwUtKfR9yGGf36nRxh8ydmb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPWVHEYaMEYNurq2z84dUpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在播音领域排名第一的是中国传媒大学，其次是浙江传媒大学，如果有志于学习播音的同学，可以以上面两所学校，作为自己的目标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLldqphZjjgHLNabMt0sxUy"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"校外的实体学校","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4TwF1clKmGFUkWtHXRO9Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"因为播音方面的学习，不像英语班或者学生学习的补习班那样的普及，这方面的学校一个省也就那么几个吧，不是太多的，非常的稀少，而这方面的市场需求又很大，所以这一块学习的相关支出是非常大的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQnmObsYDW6Qt9IzGvYBSUc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"自学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhpujaEmcKXq2BIpDMTFcid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"自学播音主持是可以的，但是比较难，需要找对方法并认真学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOAMxC0Jz4Fi6DtB8EQem2e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":796,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"自学","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7359bf78cc7646ac8e4845ca9ae681fd","width":1440},"text":"","id":"doxcnqWkyzpoiic7dIjxEsNjElf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCoLrMxeupYL0J1LIHaeHve"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

8. tf26号眼影画法

钢琴是西洋古典音乐中的一种键盘乐器，有乐器之王的美称。由88个琴键和金属弦音板组成。几乎囊括了乐音体系中的全部乐音，是除了管风琴以外音域最广的乐器。

认识钢琴

钢琴是西洋古典音乐中的一种键盘乐器，有乐器之王的美称。意大利人巴尔托洛奥·克里斯托弗利在1709年发明了钢琴。不但可以作为独奏、重奏、合奏和伴奏乐器使用，也是音乐创作和听觉训练中必不可少的基础乐器之一。

钢琴种类

钢琴目前可分为两大类别，传统类和电子类。

传统类

传统类可分为立式钢琴和三角钢琴。

1、立式钢琴是最为常见的钢琴种类，价格相对便宜，占用空间小，实用性较强。

2、三角钢琴价格比较昂贵，占用空间较大，一般用于大型演出或专业人士弹奏。

电子类

1、电子琴：电子琴是早期发展而来的乐器，带有扬声器，音量可以自由调节，而且能模仿多种乐器的声音，价格比较便宜，适合儿童启蒙时使用。61 键电子琴比较常用。

2、电钢琴：电钢琴和电子琴的原理基本一样，但是电钢琴主要是为了模仿真钢琴弹奏手感雨存在的，各个厂家研发各种高科技手段来实现真钢琴手感。当然，电钢琴的价格相差也比较大，便宜的在2000元左右，贵的可以达到3~5万元。

3、合成器：合成器是现代高科技的产物，它不但结合了电子琴和电钢琴的特点，还有其他很多方面的提升，比如可以自动伴奏，代替乐队进行演奏，它不但可以弹奏出真钢琴的音色，还能弹奏出其他乐器的声音，比如鼓、吉他、萨克斯等。合成器的琴键数量也有多种选择，最常见的是61键、73键以及88键，价格相对来说比较贵，通常在1~3万元之间，合成器的音色一般比较好，可以在音乐制作时使用。

如何选购钢琴

1、音质：好的钢琴要有好听的声音，太亮，太闷都不是好的声音。大家选择时可以演奏简单的旋律测试，而不要使用踏板，并且要在大空间检验，这样才能测试出钢琴真正的音质。你可以相信自己的耳朵，而无需专业人士的帮助就能做出准确的判断。

2、手感：一架钢琴的好坏不仅取决于声音，跟手感也有很大关系。很多家长在挑选钢琴时，要求推荐琴键轻的钢琴，怕孩子太小琴键太重会弹坏孩子的手指。其实这种做法是错误的，钢琴键盘的分量是有一个国际规范的，过重过轻都不是好的选择。

3、音板：钢琴的音板是钢琴声音的灵魂。音板的厚度一般为1厘米。钢琴的音色取决于音板的各项声音指标。市场上常见的音板分三种：单层实木音板、实木复合音板、复合音板。高端钢琴一般采用单层实木音板，低端钢琴则常用复合音板。

4、型号：钢琴的型号一般是按高度划分，如118、120、123、125、132等，同品牌同系列的钢琴高度越高声量越大，各方面的性能也更好一点，一般家庭初次购买钢琴，建议选择123-125的型号，这样的钢琴音质以及表现力还有稳定性都较好，性价比也高。

5、品牌：德国钢琴品牌品质是最好的，其次是德国以外的欧洲地区，再次是美国、日本、中国。越是知名的品牌钢琴的质量也就越好，这是因为每个钢琴品牌都有着自己的技术沉淀。

6、价格：也是大多数消费者比较关心的问题，个人建议先确定好预算，都说一分钱一分货，钢琴的价格从万元到数百万不等。在预算范围内尽量选择接近预算上限的，这样的品质也比较好。

钢琴功能

学习钢琴之前我们需要先了解钢琴的使用方法，可以参考钢琴说明书，先熟悉钢琴的面板功能，然后再系统学习钢琴。

无论是立式钢琴还是三角钢琴，都是由七部分组成：外壳、键盘、击弦机、 弦列、音板、铁支架、踏板。

钢琴键盘

1、共有52个白键和36个黑键。

2、黑键的长度和宽度均小于白键。

3、每个黑键都位于两个白键中间（但不一定是正中间）。

4、琴键分为若干组，每组有12个琴键（7个白键和5个黑键）。

5、最左边的组只有3个琴键（2个白键和1个黑键），最后边的组只有1个琴键（1个白键），这两个组都是不完整的组。

6、每组的这12个琴键中，7个白键从左向右依次为do、re、mi、fa、sol、la、si，5个黑键从左向右依次为升do（降re）、升re（降mi）、升fa（降sol）、升sol（降la）、升la（降si）。

7、图中的那些汉字是每组的名称（从左向右依次为大字二组、大字一组、大字组、小字组、小字一组、小字二组、小字三组、小字四组、小字五组，其中大字二组和小字五组是不完全音组）。

钢琴音色

给钢琴调音，一般可借助耳朵去听琴的音色来调，这需要知道钢琴的构造，一般调音师会把中高音区的同一个音的一根弦先调，这需要注意听音的高低和音色。除此，还可以借助调音器代替耳朵来听琴的音色。但如果没有这方面的技巧，还是应该找专业人士帮忙调音，切不可自己胡乱调节钢琴的音色。

1、钢琴调音，简单地说，就是将琴弦拧紧或者放松，使其达到一定的音高（国际标准音），即以小字一组a音，振动频率以440Hz为标准，按十二平均律的生律方法来调试钢琴的每一个音。钢琴调律是一个较为复杂的工作，如果没有这方面的技巧，还是应该找专业人士进行调音，切不可自己胡乱调节钢琴的音色。

2、给钢琴调音，一般可借助耳朵去听琴的音色来调。钢琴调音常用的音程是同度、八度、四度和五度。不仅从理论上要懂得这几种音程的特征，还要从听觉上掌握其音响特点。调音是靠听拍音来判断音程是否准确的。一般来讲，听同度、八度较为容易，听四度和五度较难。

3、除了靠耳朵听音，还需要知道钢琴的构造。钢琴分出高音区、中音区、低音区。高音区一个音对应有三根琴弦，中音区有两根，低音区有一根，一般调音师会把中高音区的同一个音的一根弦先调出来。

4、调音一般采用的是“四、五度循环法”，其程序为：先从中音组的A音开始，并用A音440HZ的调音器或标准音叉进行调音。A音调好后开始向八度扩展。中音组调好后，再调低音组。低音组的调音方法和中音组一样，以中音组为标准，用八度按半音阶。八度音调准后，再向五度、四度音进展。最后调高音组。

5、钢琴调音对于新手来说还是有些难度的，可以配合视频讲解来学习：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=10528990544618385757。

钢琴调率

调率方法

1、四五度调律法 此方法采用上四下五在基准音组的闭环循环，得出12平均律，然后利用8度扩展。

2、 三六度调律法 此方法采用三六度音拍频数相对较多，不容易分辨出个数，然后利用8度扩展，是国内手法调律师常见的使用方式。

3、 电子仪器调律法 此方法采用电子波形采样原理，其软件有YAMAHA、Tunelab等。在使用了高质量拾音器的情况下，软件能够很好地辅助校准，同时获得更高的精度。

4、单纯看文字可能会有些难度，大家可以观看视频教程一起学习：https://ke.qq.com/course/350545#term_id=100416879。

调率工具

1、止音工具。钢琴调律是逐个音、逐根弦调试的过程，而钢琴的音多数为同音弦组构成，即一个音由两根或三根弦组成，调律时，这就需要将暂时不调试的弦止住防止它发出不必要的声音，以免干扰被调试弦的音响，而影响到调律听觉。这也是止音工具的作用。止音工具包括止音呢契、止音皮契、止音呢带、高音止音夹、高音止音棒、金属柄高音止音皮契和链条式止音皮契等器具。

2、校音工具。校音工具是一种能产生或发出纯音的具有固定频率可作为调律标准音或校对、测试音高的音响工具。校音工具主要包括音叉、电子音叉和音准仪等器材。

3、调音工具。调音工具只有调音扳手。调音扳手是一种转动钢琴弦轴销，以调整弦张力的大小，使音升高或降低的专用工具。

4、辅助工具。调律工具中的辅助工具有三件：一件名叫“套筒装卸扳”；另一件是螺丝刀：再一件是“倒退制止器调整扳”。

钢琴脚踏板

从左到右依次是，柔音踏板，中央踏板，减震踏板。

1、柔音踏板，顾名思义就是让钢琴的声音变得柔和一点，让声音变得更加的贴切。还有一个重要的作用就是减小声音的大小，适合早晨和晚上练琴。

2、中央踏板，不同的钢琴不一样的作用，有的钢琴中央踏板有延音的效果，如果你按下一个音符，踩下延音踏板，即使你松开音符，音符也会继续发音。

3、减震踏板，简单的来说，就是踩下去，可以让你敲击出来美妙共鸣的声音。

学习钢琴

钢琴手法

首先弹钢琴的正确手法是手指放到钢琴上，手掌要拱起来，并五指分开，手指一定是要自然下垂，整个手像握一个鸡蛋一下，成一个半圆形状。大拇指处外，手两只手的四指指尖去触碰一键，千万不要是指肚，拇指是用指尖的侧面去碰琴键的。

指法

像我们平时在家随时随地都可以练习，将手指摊平放在桌面上，去敲击桌面，从而达到手指的力量。有时候一个手指频繁的操作，就需要另外一个手指去接替了，像平时拇指弹奏过多的情况下，也可以用无名指接替弹奏，来减轻拇指的负担。指法的学习是重中之重，也是弹好钢琴的基础。

1、顺指法：

在某个固定位置上，即五音手位上，用一个手指对准一个琴键，五个手指依次排列在五个琴键上，期间没有间隔的琴键，以手指的自然顺序使用的指法。这是钢琴弹奏中最常用的基本指法。如果一段旋律只有五度内的五个音，原则上不用移位。

2、扩指法：

五个手指在大于五度的音程上用伸展手型弹奏。大指与食指之间的虎口是伸展手型的有利条件。六度音程的旋律用六度的手型弹奏，一指与五指之间的距离为六度，一、二指之间间隔一个琴键，其余手指顺指排列。

3、缩指法：

五个手指在小于五度音程上用收缩手型弹奏。迂回上行或下行的旋律可以用这种缩指法弹奏。在弹奏过程中，把手指相互收缩弹奏旋律的指法。

4、同音不同指：

在同一个音上换指弹奏的指法。同音换指法往往与顺指法或扩指法结合使用。为了使连续出现的同音弹奏得均匀清晰，可以用两个手指交替弹奏，也可以用三个或四个手指自右至左有规律地依次轮奏。旋律进行中，同音换指可以移动把位，移动把位后要立刻为下一个手型作好准备。

5、同指不同音：

用相同的手指弹两个或两个以上的音，有如下：用大拇指同时弹奏相邻的两个键。滑指：用同一个手指连续弹奏两个音，由一个音滑向另一个音或由黑键向白键滑动或在两个白键间平行移动。

我们可以观看视频讲教程：https://jingyan.baidu.com/article/af9f5a2d40439343140a45e9.html。

钢琴识谱

认识五线谱

1、通常来说，音符由符头、符干、符尾三部分组成；符头可以是空心的，也可以是实心的，两者拍数相差一半；除了全音符之外，其它的音符都有符干，增加符干原来时值也减一半；根据符头所在的线或间唱相应的音。

2、符点音符是标在音符符头右边的小圆点儿，用以增加音符的拍值。若一个音符的右边带有一个符点，那么表示该音符的拍值在原来的基础上还要再增加1/2拍。

3、新手学习五线谱会有一些不容易理解的地方，观看视频教学：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=14863524342786170721，会提升我们的学习效率。

入门五线谱推荐

小星星视频教学：https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1VZ4y1z7j8/。

童年视频教学：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av798895059/。

简谱的看法

1、在简谱中，用以表示音的高低及其关系的基本符号有七个数字，即1、2、3、4、5、6、7，分别代表do、re、mi、fa、sol、la、si。（这是一个很详细的简谱教学视频：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=4528756325398501909）。

2、只使用七个音符是无法表现众多的高低音调的。在简谱中，在基本音符上方加记一个“·”，表示该音升高一个八度，称为高音；加记两个" ："，则表示该音升高两个八度，称为倍高音。

在基本音符下方加记一个"·"，表示该音降低一个八度，称为低音；加记两个" ："，则表示该音降低两个八度，称为倍低音。在钢琴键盘上共有五个音区部分，分别从左到右，对应从高音到低音。

3、装饰音符：在乐谱中表示音乐的休止(停顿)的符号称为休止符。简谱的休止符用O表示。用“>”或“□”或“sf”标记在音符的上面，表示这个音要唱（奏）得坚强有力

当“>”与“□”两个记号同时出现时，表示更强。终止线是用两条竖线，其中一条细线，一条粗线并行，细的一条在前，粗的一条在后，表明乐曲终了。

4、两只老虎简谱，其中红框的节拍，表明你弹奏歌曲的节奏，即每一小节为四拍。绿框表示sol的因为长摁两拍。黄框表示一个节拍同时摁两个音，即和弦。

5、紫框为休止符号。绿框为该音符低一个八度。

入门简谱推荐

1、《让我们荡起双桨》

刘炽让导演把孩子们召集起来后唱给大家听，孩子们听后拍着手说：“真好，唱出了我们刚才在船上的心情”，乐曲真切的表现了孩子们的心情，趣味和欢乐与幸福，刘炽这才感到满意。让跟着视频一起弹奏吧：https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1844y1Y72L/。

2、《我爱北京天安门》

因为歌曲旋律清新、节奏活泼，只有9度音域，演唱的适应面广，富于儿童特点，不同于当时占据乐坛的“语录歌”、“忠字歌”千篇一律的进行曲、战歌那样的高亢、声嘶力竭，在当时迅速脱颖而出，并成为了70年代文革后期的儿童和青年人传唱的经典红歌。让我们跟着视频一起弹奏吧：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=8539017987112186836。

大调音阶指法

为了锻炼手指技术，大调音阶有不同的指法，且需要转指才能完成，这个需要练习者要非常集中精神，所以音阶的练习是手指练习的必要组成部分。视频教学更清晰明了，可以参考视频：https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E5%A4%A7%E8%B0%83%E9%9F%B3%E9%98%B6%E6%8C%87%E6%B3%95&from_source=webtop_search&spm_id_from=333.1007&search_source=5。

C大调音阶：CDEFGABC

G大调音阶：GABCDEF#G

D大调音阶：DEF#GABC#D

A大调音阶：ABC#DEF#G#A

E大调音阶：E F# G# A B C# D# E

B大调音阶：BC#D#EF#G#A#B

F#大调音阶：F#G#A#BC#D#E#F#

F大调音阶：FG ABbCDEF

Bb大调音阶：Bb CDEbF G A Bb

Eb大调音阶：Eb F G Ab Bb C D Eb

Ab大调音阶：Ab Bb C Db Eb F G Ab

Db大调音阶：DbEb F Gb AbBbC Db

钢琴练习

五指练习

五指练习的三种奏法，即断奏、连奏（连音）和跳音的弹法。我们分别讲解一下。

1、断奏（也叫非连音奏法）。这种方法是初学者首先要学习和掌握的一种弹奏方法。初学时，要求学生手指、手掌、手腕都处于放松状态，手臂提起来后自然地落下，使弹奏的手指在琴键上站稳，并发出跑满坚实的声音，听见音声后立即放松，然后按同样的方法练习其他手指。

2、连奏（也叫连音奏法）。这是演奏钢琴最基本、最常用的弹奏方法。其要求正好与断奏相反，音与音之间无空隙、无停顿。连奏可以连接两个音或者多个音。具体弹法是：弹完第一个音后，手不要提起来，而是把手指的支撑点从一指传给二指（二指弹之前可先向上抬一下)，接着二指再传给三指，三指传给四指，四指再传给五指，最后手腕提起，完成这五个音的连奏。

3、跳奏。顾名思义，这是一种有弹性、活泼跳跃的奏法。它要求弹出的声音短促、有力、富有弹性，手指弹下去随即离键，但也不能太短。把手指放在键上，然后，所弹手指在手臂的带动下往上“抽”，发力要快，集中，这样才能弹出比较集中、明亮、富有弹性的跳音。在此基础上再练习用手腕和手指的跳音奏法。

4、断奏与联奏的详细指法一定不要错过哦：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av977873916/。

5、 跳音的指法教学也很详细：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=11206217697925100531。

五指练习的手位

第一种手位：C、D、E、F、G

初学钢琴的学生对do re mi fa sol比较感兴趣，这样的手位学生容易接受，比较符合初学者的要求和特点。所以，我在教学时，首先采用的是这个手位，容易在琴上找到，双手相隔一个八度，练习起来较为方便，效果显著。

第二种手位：E、升F、升G、升A、C

这是当年肖邦在教育学生时常用的教学方法，一百多年的教学实践都证明了这种手位是最符合这个年龄段学生的手的自然生理状况，大指和小指放在白键上，而食指、中指、无名指放在黑键上，这种手位容易使学生找到放松的感觉，可以使学生掌握正确的指间距离，形成良好的弹奏手型和积极的弹奏状态。

五指练习的节奏变化

在练习时，可以采用变化节奏的方法进行，这样，可以提高学生的学习兴趣，同时，还可以提高手指的训练效果，进一步强化巩固已经所学的弹奏方法。

训练时一般可以采用三种不同的节奏变化。

1、一长一短：X. X|X. X|

2、一长二短：X. XX|X. XX|

3、一长三短：X. XXX|X. XXX|

也可以倒过来练习，即一短一长，二短一长，三短一长的节奏来进行练习。（五指练习视频教学：https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV16L411g7BN/）。

初学钢琴注意事项

1、弱音踏板习琴者都会有一个困扰：练琴时会对周围的邻居造成影响。踏板可以解决这个问题。对常用的立式钢琴来说，最直接的办法就是使用钢琴中间的弱音踏板：踩下钢琴中间的弱音踏板，并往左边移动至卡槽处固定，可以阶段性的减弱钢琴的音量，有助于降低对周围人群的影响。而且这针对弹奏者练习手指和熟悉乐谱来说，是丝毫没有影响的。

2、节拍器的使用：很多朋友把节拍器放在钢琴上可能一次都没有使用过，节拍器并不是钢琴上的摆设哦~我们平时所能感受到的节奏大致可分为：快、中、慢等不同速度，但要精确地把握和表现某种具体的速度，仅仅凭感觉是远远不够的，所以在练琴时一定要记得使用节拍器。

3、定期调律：如果钢琴使用较频繁，每年最好能进行两次钢琴调律，使用率不高的话，也要保证一年一次调律。最好是能请有专业资质的或具备相当经验的调律师来对钢琴进行音律的定期调整及维护保养。

4、乐谱：在一些地方盗版乐谱的使用非常普遍。印刷的磁粉劣质、纸张低劣、乐谱音符颜色较淡，使用一段时间后纸张就会破损脱落，对习琴者的眼睛也会有伤害。

学习方法

教材推荐

这是我国钢琴初级阶段教学运用极为广泛的教材之一。全书可分为三个部分。

1、第一部分是57首以前这部分是巩固手型，训练手指独立性的练习，要求弹奏放松、自然、练习速度以慢速中速为主。

2、第二部分是58~79首。58首到70首是训练快速练习，这里的快速是针对前阶段而言的，在学生奏法正确的基础上要求初步加快速度。71首~79首是带装饰音与不带装饰音的旋律练习。练习时先慢速，把节奏弹准确，弹平均，双手对齐，在稍微加快。这部分又是旋律练习要注意乐谱上的表情术语及力度术语，注意分句、呼吸、旋律的连贯与歌唱。

3、第三部分是80首到结束，是综合性的练习，无论音型、节奏型、音阶琶音类和双音练习都比前面丰富，练习时不仅要弹准确，还要注意音乐起伏，做出力度，速度变化。

课程推荐

刚开始学习钢琴的时候可以多看些视频资源，或者可以与许多钢琴爱好者交流，不懂时还可以提出问题，这样总比自己一个人探索有用得多。

下面是一些钢琴的视频教程，大家可以跟着一起学习。

https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E9%92%A2%E7%90%B4%E6%95%99%E5%AD%A6%E5%85%A5%E9%97%A8%E9%9B%B6%E5%9F%BA%E7%A1%80&from_source=webtop_search&spm_id_from=333.1007&search_source=2。

如何选择老师

1、找有经验的老师作为启蒙老师。很多人会觉得刚开始学琴，先随便找个老师教教就可以，这完全是不正确的做法。有经验的老师可以为你打下扎实的基础。

2、多了解老师的学习经历、教学方式及成果。好的老师都会有着良好的教育经历，以及丰富的教学成果，而他的学习经历也经过时间的沉淀，慢慢的转变成了自己独特的教学风格，也决定了他的教学思路。

3、成熟的老师教学思路非常清晰。对于钢琴老师来说，教学思路非常重要，如果一个钢琴老师连教学思路都没有的话，那么他就不能是一个好老师，因为这样的钢琴老师迷迷糊糊的就开始进行教学，自己都不知道会把学生带到哪个方向去。只有教学思路明确了，教学的内容才会明确，学生才会被带到正确的方向。

4、试课听课，一定不要忽略试课听课的环节，如果不试课就不知道老师的教学风格和教学方式是不是适合自己，能不能听懂这个很关键。

日常保养方法

1、保持良好的通风。钢琴需要良好的通风环境，不良的通风环境将对钢琴造成损坏。如果条件允许，钢琴最好置于房间的中央，或靠房间的内墙放置，如果可能，避免将钢琴靠房屋外墙放置，以防止外界气候变化对钢琴的音质和音量产生不良影响。若受条件限制，也务必确保钢琴四周有良好的通风。

2、切勿将钢琴靠窗放置尽可能不要将钢琴放置于窗前，钢琴的外壳是木质结构，要避免阳光的直射以及温度湿度的骤变。至少琴房窗户应该向屋外方向打开。若受条件所限必须将其靠窗放置时，一定要在窗户上悬挂厚窗帘来保护钢琴。

3、远离热。钢琴要远离散热器或加热器等热源，以免伤害钢琴外部和内部构件，导致音质、手感品质下降。因此要避免热辐射及热空气对钢琴的侵害。、4.适宜的环境可确保更好的音色适宜的温度和湿度，良好的通风环境是钢琴的演奏性能和声学品质表现最佳的必要条件。总体来说，相对湿度保持在50%--60%是比较理想的。钢琴的某些内部构件，如木、绒、毡等材料的对环境的变化极为敏感，稍有不慎就会损坏。

5、湿度对钢琴的影响。由绒、毡、皮及木材制成的击弦机构件精密度很高，允许的误差被限制在1/100mm以内。这些构件对湿度的变化极其敏感，湿度过高会导致击弦机运动迟钝，琴声沉闷，金属部键生锈和琴键失灵等问题出现。

6、避免过度干燥。对钢琴来说，环境潮湿是个问题，但过度干燥则更为不利，尤其是使用空调器的人工除湿房间。在一般干燥的气候下，钢琴自身有足够的水分来防止干燥产生的问题，但若空气过于干燥，木质和绒质构件会收缩变形，更为甚者，胶合的音板、夹板也会离层。构件的轻微变形将产生杂音。而且过于干燥的环境会导致弦轴钉松动，导致难以维持音准稳定。建议用户在琴房放置阔叶植物或湿度调节器以防止过度干燥。

7、注意气温骤变。如果寒冷的房间温度骤升，水分会凝结在琴弦或其他金属部件上导致生锈。绒质和毡质的构件也会因吸收水分而变形，导致击弦机运动迟钝，音色沉闷。请特别注意，在气温骤变时将钢琴移至朝北的气温较低的房间或密闭的混凝土结构房间。

8、钢琴的放置与音响效果。请将钢琴放置在声音可以均匀分布的房间。若在一个房间里所有的声音都集中于一点，易造成声音滞后及回音。为了让琴声更加悦耳、丰满，避免粗糙刺耳的回声，最好将钢琴放置于可以确保良好音响效果的房间。

9、切勿将物品放置在钢琴的顶盖上。如果在钢琴的顶盖上放置重物会产生杂音。一瓶鲜花会使钢琴更具风采，但一旦花瓶破裂，水流到钢琴内部将导致金属键生锈、击弦机变形等严重后果。所以，为避免意外，除乐谱和节拍器外，建议任何物品都不要放置于钢琴的顶部。

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴是西洋古典音乐中的一种键盘乐器，有乐器之王的美称。由88个琴键和金属弦音板组成。几乎囊括了乐音体系中的全部乐音，是除了管风琴以外音域最广的乐器。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwiIKO2eQIgA2ywvjaMLDXd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"认识钢琴","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsqoW4ooYq6I2QBFvlgKuFe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴是西洋古典音乐中的一种键盘乐器，有乐器之王的美称。意大利人巴尔托洛奥·克里斯托弗利在1709年发明了钢琴。不但可以作为独奏、重奏、合奏和伴奏乐器使用，也是音乐创作和听觉训练中必不可少的基础乐器之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna2ywSeA2moi22XlUXHvBxg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴种类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYkcO6eCeiOIyYFiOUoZHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴目前可分为两大类别，传统类和电子类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCAM4imcSMYw4uKPcgbADjh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"传统类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMwwmaOwKoowgKMVupovitc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"传统类可分为立式钢琴和三角钢琴。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0MUQS2emEIsQWwD9Ygd3Zg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":707,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"传统类","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e67f86d150f34a608f430b8be7888b44","width":790},"text":"","id":"doxcnagam6oGYOgUY2NQ5DrAXpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、立式钢琴是最为常见的钢琴种类，价格相对便宜，占用空间小，实用性较强。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2kKoqw6GUwqWaYJsIF599c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"传统类","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b39475654bde464c86d3599615913034","width":598},"text":"","id":"doxcnW8GIA4sa4UwE232oMV6Wdg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、三角钢琴价格比较昂贵，占用空间较大，一般用于大型演出或专业人士弹奏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuWmSymaAmacMGC0lfGHdhf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"电子类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQE4miWs4ii88KKdT43PFjf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":327,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"电子类","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/47f3c62b0a044e128963fb3093f393ca","width":750},"text":"","id":"doxcnyoWsqgCG4wE8eIyW2JxO3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、电子琴：电子琴是早期发展而来的乐器，带有扬声器，音量可以自由调节，而且能模仿多种乐器的声音，价格比较便宜，适合儿童启蒙时使用。61 键电子琴比较常用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkwu8gsm6O06co7qVkbutYc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":599,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"电子类","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/90e595fc4dc148a49af1f88668fc8679","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnGsOGI2kMAYmkshqYFMUKvb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、电钢琴：电钢琴和电子琴的原理基本一样，但是电钢琴主要是为了模仿真钢琴弹奏手感","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"雨","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"存在的，各个厂家研发各种高科技手段来实现真钢琴手感。当然，电钢琴的价格相差也比较大，便宜的在2000元左右，贵的可以达到3~5万元。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWWA0I4aaqGkqmAkNk5fbmc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":520,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"电子类","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/586ddbeec62b435ba004e2ec6e810863","width":1000},"text":"","id":"doxcnYc8cGGkS6AmQK4DXpr37Bh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、合成器：合成器是现代高科技的产物，它不但结合了电子琴和电钢琴的特点，还有其他很多方面的提升，比如可以自动伴奏，代替乐队进行演奏，它不但可以弹奏出真钢琴的音色，还能弹奏出其他乐器的声音，比如鼓、吉他、萨克斯等。合成器的琴键数量也有多种选择，最常见的是61键、73键以及88键，价格相对来说比较贵，通常在1~3万元之间，合成器的音色一般比较好，可以在音乐制作时使用。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng4ysGaoeueIUOAlSzLRwUf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"如何选购钢琴","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWAOMq2QIOI6wRS2wxlqwdA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、音质：好的钢琴要有好听的声音，太亮，太闷都不是好的声音。大家选择时可以演奏简单的旋律测试，而不要使用踏板，并且要在大空间检验，这样才能测试出钢琴真正的音质。你可以相信自己的耳朵，而无需专业人士的帮助就能做出准确的判断。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyuY4qKmAY08qAnsOwx1kUd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、手感：一架钢琴的好坏不仅取决于声音，跟手感也有很大关系。很多家长在挑选钢琴时，要求推荐琴键轻的钢琴，怕孩子太小琴键太重会弹坏孩子的手指。其实这种做法是错误的，钢琴键盘的分量是有一个国际规范的，过重过轻都不是好的选择。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6c4YyEwKc6CSKIaxx2ijpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、音板：钢琴的音板是钢琴声音的灵魂。音板的厚度一般为1厘米。钢琴的音色取决于音板的各项声音指标。市场上常见的音板分三种：单层实木音板、实木复合音板、复合音板。高端钢琴一般采用单层实木音板，低端钢琴则常用复合音板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoa6gy0OACiWG423Nwqv7Kd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、型号：钢琴的型号一般是按高度划分，如118、120、123、125、132等，同品牌同系列的钢琴高度越高声量越大，各方面的性能也更好一点，一般家庭初次购买钢琴，建议选择123-125的型号，这样的钢琴音质以及表现力还有稳定性都较好，性价比也高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnq28846EgESuSGa6XhDoQHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、品牌：德国钢琴品牌品质是最好的，其次是德国以外的欧洲地区，再次是美国、日本、中国。越是知名的品牌钢琴的质量也就越好，这是因为每个钢琴品牌都有着自己的技术沉淀。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsig0ciGwiqscgV0xUQGGYf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、价格：也是大多数消费者比较关心的问题，个人建议先确定好预算，都说一分钱一分货，钢琴的价格从万元到数百万不等。在预算范围内尽量选择接近预算上限的，这样的品质也比较好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUasKgAasIAkEG2pGYJ3wre"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴功能","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6syKS2SYqMGQmaLR9z172e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":810,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴功能","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bc1cab0adfb544b28bb3bb3f53166d35","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnwM6qYQgAu0wm0AABR0OT6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习钢琴之前我们需要先了解钢琴的使用方法，可以参考钢琴说明书，先熟悉钢琴的面板功能，然后再系统学习钢琴。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn68Kwi4sy2g4EiQpqCGzYud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"无论是立式钢琴还是三角钢琴，都是由七部分组成：外壳、键盘、击弦机、 弦列、音板、铁支架、踏板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn06Y6i2YoOEKW6jgPKxu5kd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴键盘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSa4EckkyMwMgyYfXIM9qOe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":252,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴键盘","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2028b6c39a0f4d7982f78585f5e0ba1c","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnuIqUokQ22eaiakMsvgqh9c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngWaOgWKc6y8omoeP5p2xcc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、共有52个白键和36个黑键。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnissmQGisc06aI3bFgDNgSe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、黑键的长度和宽度均小于白键。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnswMeIAQm0AQi62Mtj7xfIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、每个黑键都位于两个白键中间（但不一定是正中间）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniqoC4IWq6GoIKeBH9BtoFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、琴键分为若干组，每组有12个琴键（7个白键和5个黑键）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuQy6EqY6UAesSEEcPWDRXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、最左边的组只有3个琴键（2个白键和1个黑键），最后边的组只有1个琴键（1个白键），这两个组都是不完整的组。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA226quwMUK2Gg7IFrJu3Lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、每组的这12个琴键中，7个白键从左向右依次为do、re、mi、fa、sol、la、si，5个黑键从左向右依次为升do（降re）、升re（降mi）、升fa（降sol）、升sol（降la）、升la（降si）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngIWCSm88maCSYBT763cUid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、图中的那些汉字是每组的名称（从左向右依次为大字二组、大字一组、大字组、小字组、小字一组、小字二组、小字三组、小字四组、小字五组，其中大字二组和小字五组是不完全音组）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQqas008KiSqcuAyG0THBVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴音色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6SsEcwcKmeWG87EU48LxZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"给钢琴调音，一般可借助耳朵去听琴的音色来调，这需要知道钢琴的构造，一般调音师会把中高音区的同一个音的一根弦先调，这需要注意听音的高低和音色。除此，还可以借助调音器代替耳朵来听琴的音色。但如果没有这方面的技巧，还是应该找专业人士帮忙调音，切不可自己胡乱调节钢琴的音色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAksYmsGSO8IA81jjG21x3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、钢琴调音，简单地说，就是将琴弦拧紧或者放松，使其达到一定的音高（国际标准音），即以小字一组a音，振动频率以440Hz为标准，按十二平均律的生律方法来调试钢琴的每一个音。钢琴调律是一个较为复杂的工作，如果没有这方面的技巧，还是应该找专业人士进行调音，切不可自己胡乱调节钢琴的音色。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnASKsgcqycQgYMutszksxqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、给钢琴调音，一般可借助耳朵去听琴的音色来调。钢琴调音常用的音程是同度、八度、四度和五度。不仅从理论上要懂得这几种音程的特征，还要从听觉上掌握其音响特点。调音是靠听拍音来判断音程是否准确的。一般来讲，听同度、八度较为容易，听四度和五度较难。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQSCuwSWiSAUk4NfsF2cuvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、除了靠耳朵听音，还需要知道钢琴的构造。钢琴分出高音区、中音区、低音区。高音区一个音对应有三根琴弦，中音区有两根，低音区有一根，一般调音师会把中高音区的同一个音的一根弦先调出来。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC2Agu2eEeYsuuwoWf3DnFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、调音一般采用的是“四、五度循环法”，其程序为：先从中音组的A音开始，并用A音440HZ的调音器或标准音叉进行调音。A音调好后开始向八度扩展。中音组调好后，再调低音组。低音组的调音方法和中音组一样，以中音组为标准，用八度按半音阶。八度音调准后，再向五度、四度音进展。最后调高音组。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoouCuIKUCEcgOWBG3mTS9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、钢琴调音对于新手来说还是有些难度的，可以配合视频讲解来学习：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=10528990544618385757","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6Wg6ymyWM4k0CM6E6joHb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴调率","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmGG8OAKY2WskcoyM9inbWe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"调率方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkMaq4Wy2YemukYdRVvbvAv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、四五度调律法 此方法采用上四下五在基准音组的闭环循环，得出12平均律，然后利用8度扩展。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIg4iuAUKYiSIAqm7AnQSHk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、 三六度调律法 此方法采用三六度音拍频数相对较多，不容易分辨出个数，然后利用8度扩展，是国内手法调律师常见的使用方式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8q8CIEgEs8mucj2MvVkjAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、 电子仪器调律法 此方法采用电子波形采样原理，其软件有YAMAHA、Tunelab等。在使用了高质量拾音器的情况下，软件能够很好地辅助校准，同时获得更高的精度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmggQ6IOkGMSO4oAySPj0qx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、单纯看文字可能会有些难度，大家可以观看视频教程一起学习：https://ke.qq.com/course/350545#term_id=100416879","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUIyeS8KeMuq8s3FqquKs5f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"调率工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmOq60eAw06eGSwwxlzJlhS"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、止音工具。钢琴调律是逐个音、逐根弦调试的过程，而钢琴的音多数为同音弦组构成，即一个音由两根或三根弦组成，调律时，这就需要将暂时不调试的弦止住防止它发出不必要的声音，以免干扰被调试弦的音响，而影响到调律听觉。这也是止音工具的作用。止音工具包括止音呢契、止音皮契、止音呢带、高音止音夹、高音止音棒、金属柄高音止音皮契和链条式止音皮契等器具。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS6C24Gk4U8SciEbmhG3Izh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、校音工具。校音工具是一种能产生或发出纯音的具有固定频率可作为调律标准音或校对、测试音高的音响工具。校音工具主要包括音叉、电子音叉和音准仪等器材。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwUMKUOqayYKoWkT73OigFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、调音工具。调音工具只有调音扳手。调音扳手是一种转动钢琴弦轴销，以调整弦张力的大小，使音升高或降低的专用工具。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8mOs2YeWmAOAcbsDNvdLwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、辅助工具。调律工具中的辅助工具有三件：一件名叫“套筒装卸扳”；另一件是螺丝刀：再一件是“倒退制止器调整扳”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8UwyAKM2ku4kA9bEx8dc0b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴脚踏板","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ8WSwc8EEgWY61Q4O64W4d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":390,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴脚踏板","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f18d1796252346159459e2183550314d","width":593},"text":"","id":"doxcnyAOQqCkEI0EMAZvH1967Xc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从左到右依次是，柔音踏板，中央踏板，减震踏板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkCu2e2qUuSsqshbgdU0kpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、柔音踏板，顾名思义就是让钢琴的声音变得柔和一点，让声音变得更加的贴切。还有一个重要的作用就是减小声音的大小，适合早晨和晚上练琴。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyO6moUiAiYUKqvlAryDARz"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、中央踏板，不同的钢琴不一样的作用，有的钢琴中央踏板有延音的效果，如果你按下一个音符，踩下延音踏板，即使你松开音符，音符也会继续发音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYg4OaaOoQec8c5gFvjzXQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、减震踏板，简单的来说，就是踩下去，可以让你敲击出来美妙共鸣的声音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8kWkacEI4oc2aYTc8wPFsh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习钢琴","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQ4Auww6e4aokTs8D8faIc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴手法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnigakKSyksgIOCqIRnG8zgj"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":310,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴手法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/de9a91f0ef054725ad100241ecf26b34","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcneSoGwgE0isKY6udGKzJV2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先弹钢琴的正确手法是手指放到钢琴上，手掌要拱起来，并五指分开，手指一定是要自然下垂，整个手像握一个鸡蛋一下，成一个半圆形状。大拇指处外，手两只手的四指指尖去触碰一键，千万不要是指肚，拇指是用指尖的侧面去碰琴键的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCwGqOgOewME8q06I4tjW1e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"指法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4GigmIEW084CO06brZsQxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"像我们平时在家随时随地都可以练习，将手指摊平放在桌面上，去敲击桌面，从而达到手指的力量。有时候一个手指频繁的操作，就需要另外一个手指去接替了，像平时拇指弹奏过多的情况下，也可以用无名指接替弹奏，来减轻拇指的负担。指法的学习是重中之重，也是弹好钢琴的基础。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmCK2qwq2wuCkEDXqSg35Cd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、顺指法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaGyaAgqEIWucLcU91Quqqa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在某个固定位置上，即五音手位上，用一个手指对准一个琴键，五个手指依次排列在五个琴键上，期间没有间隔的琴键，以手指的自然顺序使用的指法。这是钢琴弹奏中最常用的基本指法。如果一段旋律只有五度内的五个音，原则上不用移位。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOqoc2Ak2gyOs02wkIM226g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、扩指法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsqWKUaYS6EgEoJY2n23Ljh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五个手指在大于五度的音程上用伸展手型弹奏。大指与食指之间的虎口是伸展手型的有利条件。六度音程的旋律用六度的手型弹奏，一指与五指之间的距离为六度，一、二指之间间隔一个琴键，其余手指顺指排列。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8QsAkwcqwiuWQzq27dKq3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、缩指法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnemAY06cicgSuohq85bbTSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五个手指在小于五度音程上用收缩手型弹奏。迂回上行或下行的旋律可以用这种缩指法弹奏。在弹奏过程中，把手指相互收缩弹奏旋律的指法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncEgImoQciaEMIncMd9nJnd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、同音不同指：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnye6W2MocSssqGWixYOHOS9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在同一个音上换指弹奏的指法。同音换指法往往与顺指法或扩指法结合使用。为了使连续出现的同音弹奏得均匀清晰，可以用两个手指交替弹奏，也可以用三个或四个手指自右至左有规律地依次轮奏。旋律进行中，同音换指可以移动把位，移动把位后要立刻为下一个手型作好准备。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuYeQSGyIWKSeu2yrkl4I2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、同指不同音：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyW4Usmceo84eQLZBZSqpxb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用相同的手指弹两个或两个以上的音，有如下：用大拇指同时弹奏相邻的两个键。滑指：用同一个手指连续弹奏两个音，由一个音滑向另一个音或由黑键向白键滑动或在两个白键间平行移动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni6QoI80iau0CAJFSORY7Zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们可以观看视频讲教程：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://jingyan.baidu.com/article/af9f5a2d40439343140a45e9.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://jingyan.baidu.com/article/af9f5a2d40439343140a45e9.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMWamAGUmmMGo2dyDCiZ8rc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴识谱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOOoM6sUkiAiCo3Ql6Ko6Rc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"认识五线谱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncQoqUqw8ycaKkS86YLE7dq"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":435,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"认识五线谱","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1eb0b65bbf2a4433afe07f5a8f7e320e","width":580},"text":"","id":"doxcnssQqMy0Y08IEW4w3J9yUqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、通常来说，音符由符头、符干、符尾三部分组成；符头可以是空心的，也可以是实心的，两者拍数相差一半；除了全音符之外，其它的音符都有符干，增加符干原来时值也减一半；根据符头所在的线或间唱相应的音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWWe4wYuWqEgQKidkKZgtsh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":108,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"认识五线谱","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bef463991d1243f195ae7a06a6a3e2a7","width":454},"text":"","id":"doxcnAYaoSKsYskiwGgPoKltqpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、符点音符是标在音符符头右边的小圆点儿，用以增加音符的拍值。若一个音符的右边带有一个符点，那么表示该音符的拍值在原来的基础上还要再增加1/2拍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0kwOIeEsMsmqKoaTDFOu0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、新手学习五线谱会有一些不容易理解的地方，观看视频教学：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=14863524342786170721"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=14863524342786170721","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，会提升我们的学习效率。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwWwuwY6c2C2kE5KtS0sXwc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":158,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"认识五线谱","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20bee8dfdbd743e5a0493dc9d9c7c49c","width":574},"text":"","id":"doxcnEiSgaIy6gceAuEBThX0u4b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"入门五线谱推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmiUwEo0gs2cUovru769rWd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1215,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"入门五线谱推荐","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7ee5044f350246eea4e48c016c5c175e","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcn0WAkUGw6iW2gHts2V5EYBY"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小星星视频教学：https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1VZ4y1z7j8/","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYGEcACqqma8oRgOHspQKrL"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":912,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"入门五线谱推荐","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7b51c654920f4b9b8ff2d309c6f20480","width":893},"text":"","id":"doxcnUuuyoKemEMu0cb6iz1UWve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"童年视频教学：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av798895059/","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMomKIoAo24MyaMnNePN9Dh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简谱的看法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4UoSUyosQkiMMpl25BHxOX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、在简谱中，用以表示音的高低及其关系的基本符号有七个数字，即1、2、3、4、5、6、7，分别代表do、re、mi、fa、sol、la、si。（这是一个很详细的简谱教学视频：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=4528756325398501909"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=4528756325398501909","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKa2GuaeeGeWOEbAC7IHfgc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":146,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简谱的看法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6aa05314274f4dbaa4be6ae3145bedbd","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnUK6Os8a0GgUAuUuh2kJvVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、只使用七个音符是无法表现众多的高低音调的。在简谱中，在基本音符上方加记一个“·”，表示该音升高一个八度，称为高音；加记两个\" ：\"，则表示该音升高两个八度，称为倍高音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuImsEkQyy8WmQBtszK56Zg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在基本音符下方加记一个\"·\"，表示该音降低一个八度，称为低音；加记两个\" ：\"，则表示该音降低两个八度，称为倍低音。在钢琴键盘上共有五个音区部分，分别从左到右，对应从高音到低音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6g0gQwKQQOs44lRSdUPYjh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":130,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简谱的看法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/781cf565754f440f8e87721abe043caa","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnIy2OWW8o2WCK2TZx4v1kRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、装饰音符：在乐谱中表示音乐的休止(停顿)的符号称为休止符。简谱的休止符用O表示。用“\u003e”或“□”或“sf”标记在音符的上面，表示这个音要唱（奏）得坚强有力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYGKa8sSsyMoKsZLefhcHHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当“\u003e”与“□”两个记号同时出现时，表示更强。终止线是用两条竖线，其中一条细线，一条粗线并行，细的一条在前，粗的一条在后，表明乐曲终了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQImWOAEmeK86UTfF7hZoPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、两只老虎简谱，其中红框的节拍，表明你弹奏歌曲的节奏，即每一小节为四拍。绿框表示sol的因为长摁两拍。黄框表示一个节拍同时摁两个音，即和弦。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSQsGyIQGqs4eopeItpNTpg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":261,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简谱的看法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2ef3b835a0cc47bea00295e2d2381ec1","width":440},"text":"","id":"doxcniI8sicYKmqQ0aQ9Du1Gtfd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、紫框为休止符号。绿框为该音符低一个八度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniEyyE4wSsMAmWM1I6AtXxe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":384,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简谱的看法","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/773cf733809c47ef942c74091e60131e","width":586},"text":"","id":"doxcnKeO0W0iS8u2MMLdTpC1q2d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMA4MKOiOc2SsqctW58tOTd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"入门简谱推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnse2imoiasWKqMpOKYr5VHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、《让我们荡起双桨》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkY42uKesWcKCqSguUoq9dh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刘炽让导演把孩子们召集起来后唱给大家听，孩子们听后拍着手说：“真好，唱出了我们刚才在船上的心情”，乐曲真切的表现了孩子们的心情，趣味和欢乐与幸福，刘炽这才感到满意。让跟着视频一起弹奏吧：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1844y1Y72L/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1844y1Y72L/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUK8qig8CWyKQoxsbD6fkbh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":393,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"入门简谱推荐","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2e72c56ea4174ec2a3cd80e548078cc7","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnugww6OMO28C8Kut31OmkRd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、《我爱北京天安门》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqQKwMCGKK2q6sOXMGNFKj9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"因为歌曲旋律清新、节奏活泼，只有9度音域，演唱的适应面广，富于儿童特点，不同于当时占据乐坛的“语录歌”、“忠字歌”千篇一律的进行曲、战歌那样的高亢、声嘶力竭，在当时迅速脱颖而出，并成为了70年代文革后期的儿童和青年人传唱的经典红歌。让我们跟着视频一起弹奏吧：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=8539017987112186836"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=8539017987112186836","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSGCiyAEEg2O2rfsaU0z7e9"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":358,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"入门简谱推荐","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2404d204319d486487c2a2a79800a6a8","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnYSmqgco4ACuYGYbS0L1bYg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大调音阶指法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni068IUS6UKWuk5mai4NQbf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了锻炼手指技术，大调音阶有不同的指法，且需要转指才能完成，这个需要练习者要非常集中精神，所以音阶的练习是手指练习的必要组成部分。视频教学更清晰明了，可以参考视频：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E5%A4%A7%E8%B0%83%E9%9F%B3%E9%98%B6%E6%8C%87%E6%B3%95\u0026from_source=webtop_search\u0026spm_id_from=333.1007\u0026search_source=5"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E5%A4%A7%E8%B0%83%E9%9F%B3%E9%98%B6%E6%8C%87%E6%B3%95\u0026from_source=webtop_search\u0026spm_id_from=333.1007\u0026search_source=5","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO0U2E8kc0YOuqySSyfJlgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"C大调音阶：CDEFGABC","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneMgEooU28SEsXScZssO0xl"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"C大调音阶：CDEFGABC","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0d30b079fb76416cb48136f14ac4fac2","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnSI26ICIu0sO8wWYwpnIkkb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"G大调音阶：GABCDEF#G","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc28ik82o4AAeUVuYNEHIVc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"G大调音阶：GABCDEF#G","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/94e6dcec8cfe40d3a8f28165be7483f8","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcn6IIoGGS6wGoyCyKmjRZyFb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"D大调音阶：DEF#GABC#D","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUaoGiYYk4gGoFgXYFaNiy"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"D大调音阶：DEF#GABC#D","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/82596265336246239230155b0ee46a26","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnkCacMeIK8GyaQZjDYd4L1b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"A大调音阶：ABC#DEF#G#A","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmskwCyOma44ES4PKLVtHBg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"A大调音阶：ABC#DEF#G#A","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ece20390bb7c43c4bdcd94ee526ffcd4","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnmKSGsw0OUAKw0OJ5svZj1e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"E大调音阶：E F# G# A B C# D# E","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmu2Q842m4UYIyeiEnVu4Ed"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"E大调音阶：E F# G# A B C# D# E","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1558f9d1c4dc4ddfb4df27f166f2c8d4","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcngiQq0AOuEKwoAd9Mz2QxPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"B大调音阶：BC#D#EF#G#A#B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnImY4we2mMYycC6QgkDiVtf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"B大调音阶：BC#D#EF#G#A#B","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bca4d8e49ac64f028ce1a5e30bee1639","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnugoI0A66mcEaOcHPaRyRgd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"F#大调音阶：F#G#A#BC#D#E#F#","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncGICGkqI68SKojDgX4Fg1e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"F#大调音阶：F#G#A#BC#D#E#F#","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/47d80688f8404e70ac66310dcc9704fc","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcniasAy6GGCImiWu5Bdb6XzP"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"F大调音阶：FG ABbCDEF","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYYGI44OkgcE26nI8VGSxmd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":336,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"F大调音阶：FG ABbCDEF","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/867eb443a0154da39abd8505f5e6dbc8","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcn2GAUaiEauCCaimIDLrTQnc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Bb大调音阶：Bb CDEbF G A Bb","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQYAGU6ueQgkS3G4MtzvTE5"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"Bb大调音阶：Bb CDEbF G A Bb","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e2f808fde7ee4aa683bf8694d5161f70","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnmgAIewYOQgQ4UTpaLk7LLd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Eb大调音阶：Eb F G Ab Bb C D Eb","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncSq8SqWwoSWkOo3BTaNZ0f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"Eb大调音阶：Eb F G Ab Bb C D Eb","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/877e685be5a1438ba8ef8a54f237f10f","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnIyoWGYu4cSsMM1aJHCMKRb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Ab大调音阶：Ab Bb C Db Eb F G Ab","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGUqEOMoggM6sC6iW2WmkVd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"Ab大调音阶：Ab Bb C Db Eb F G Ab","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2c40ed240ec74677b068264188ff47f7","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnyeYUmwWaOIY0EjhnyvYwVh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Db大调音阶：DbEb F Gb AbBbC Db","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoksc8yi4WuuoIXOlyFmVcc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":351,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"Db大调音阶：DbEb F Gb AbBbC Db","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/16d8cbd7a7ee47b1be97e9ced3e5c981","width":564},"text":"","id":"doxcnWAiwgso0Q0uuQmC5P7LZlu"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢琴练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneoUgysAaw68o27Ieik76bc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"五指练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyUK8IWmcywUiYT4tAs38lh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":288,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"五指练习","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e7a60217a05b432d8de2b882edb71157","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnyIMOsW226M4kQJXaoVpVvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五指练习的三种奏法，即断奏、连奏（连音）和跳音的弹法。我们分别讲解一下。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQy2KssS8QiaAOgkLxVsKyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、断奏（也叫非连音奏法）。这种方法是初学者首先要学习和掌握的一种弹奏方法。初学时，要求学生手指、手掌、手腕都处于放松状态，手臂提起来后自然地落下，使弹奏的手指在琴键上站稳，并发出跑满坚实的声音，听见音声后立即放松，然后按同样的方法练习其他手指。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkMYuGMmugiKGuMO78WfsXg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、连奏（也叫连音奏法）。这是演奏钢琴最基本、最常用的弹奏方法。其要求正好与断奏相反，音与音之间无空隙、无停顿。连奏可以连接两个音或者多个音。具体弹法是：弹完第一个音后，手不要提起来，而是把手指的支撑点从一指传给二指（二指弹之前可先向上抬一下)，接着二指再传给三指，三指传给四指，四指再传给五指，最后手腕提起，完成这五个音的连奏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnga2eyeoce2ooYhfaHTgy6d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、跳奏。顾名思义，这是一种有弹性、活泼跳跃的奏法。它要求弹出的声音短促、有力、富有弹性，手指弹下去随即离键，但也不能太短。把手指放在键上，然后，所弹手指在手臂的带动下往上“抽”，发力要快，集中，这样才能弹出比较集中、明亮、富有弹性的跳音。在此基础上再练习用手腕和手指的跳音奏法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkcgiUSaSWcYE5J2jxP7de"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、断奏与联奏的详细指法一定不要错过哦：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av977873916/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av977873916/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneComcCMwQysosxV0Wr3Hfh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" 跳音的指法教学也很详细：https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=11206217697925100531","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAWQCcio6SSsOs770nFSOXe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"五指练习的手位","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU6GcoKOKaQ2gUlwSRjglhg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一种手位：C、D、E、F、G","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0W0IWumWg0eukRbwk1S1cd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学钢琴的学生对do re mi fa sol比较感兴趣，这样的手位学生容易接受，比较符合初学者的要求和特点。所以，我在教学时，首先采用的是这个手位，容易在琴上找到，双手相隔一个八度，练习起来较为方便，效果显著。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkoWE04aCaQimoZ6MkGwDfg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二种手位：E、升F、升G、升A、C","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGA8yae06OmeGmYuP2Y70Gh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是当年肖邦在教育学生时常用的教学方法，一百多年的教学实践都证明了这种手位是最符合这个年龄段学生的手的自然生理状况，大指和小指放在白键上，而食指、中指、无名指放在黑键上，这种手位容易使学生找到放松的感觉，可以使学生掌握正确的指间距离，形成良好的弹奏手型和积极的弹奏状态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOwigWyYSoCAGwp4l5mJiig"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"五指练习的节奏变化","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSK2gm02sKwoCOie5vnnXed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在练习时，可以采用变化节奏的方法进行，这样，可以提高学生的学习兴趣，同时，还可以提高手指的训练效果，进一步强化巩固已经所学的弹奏方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnai2ywig2mAkqo7CIbQOHff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练时一般可以采用三种不同的节奏变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnecsWEC2G48UYAzMExSwULf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、一长一短：X. X|X. X|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKGEaYmgigAoayCITacTGIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、一长二短：X. XX|X. XX|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncIkmYEqeqyMO86Nyfj0W0T"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一长三短：X. XXX|X. XXX|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWm8ye0ckGU2qyspL61KiKc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也可以倒过来练习，即一短一长，二短一长，三短一长的节奏来进行练习。（五指练习视频教学：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV16L411g7BN/"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV16L411g7BN/","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOyCUGiWyeUqceufQMzZRwf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学钢琴注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYwma0Ycosyq6yTqeK7hpVL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、弱音踏板习琴者都会有一个困扰：练琴时会对周围的邻居造成影响。踏板可以解决这个问题。对常用的立式钢琴来说，最直接的办法就是使用钢琴中间的弱音踏板：踩下钢琴中间的弱音踏板，并往左边移动至卡槽处固定，可以阶段性的减弱钢琴的音量，有助于降低对周围人群的影响。而且这针对弹奏者练习手指和熟悉乐谱来说，是丝毫没有影响的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA6MKCasQK4QAtnV98obmCP"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、节拍器的使用：很多朋友把节拍器放在钢琴上可能一次都没有使用过，节拍器并不是钢琴上的摆设哦~我们平时所能感受到的节奏大致可分为：快、中、慢等不同速度，但要精确地把握和表现某种具体的速度，仅仅凭感觉是远远不够的，所以在练琴时一定要记得使用节拍器。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8oiW4mkeciKI02cGOJB6Ug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、定期调律：如果钢琴使用较频繁，每年最好能进行两次钢琴调律，使用率不高的话，也要保证一年一次调律。最好是能请有专业资质的或具备相当经验的调律师来对钢琴进行音律的定期调整及维护保养。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQwMKgeQ0wuqugMb7gIxXc3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、乐谱：在一些地方盗版乐谱的使用非常普遍。印刷的磁粉劣质、纸张低劣、乐谱音符颜色较淡，使用一段时间后纸张就会破损脱落，对习琴者的眼睛也会有伤害。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOmo24IQocEeym2lS6eUsNc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwycawG8kI620gXNY7alq9f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"教材推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOE2gCseWCaAOkdj6OiKebd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":355,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"教材推荐","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a8d4f9e9450e44b3a9be0d65d4860dce","width":312},"text":"","id":"doxcngMQqe4sOUga2IRkx2t09Hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是我国钢琴初级阶段教学运用极为广泛的教材之一。全书可分为三个部分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnayq8kKAIGiM6ySu0zMafUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、第一部分是57首以前这部分是巩固手型，训练手指独立性的练习，要求弹奏放松、自然、练习速度以慢速中速为主。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnq0MMI8wi6SKseOvv3Hky0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、第二部分是58~79首。58首到70首是训练快速练习，这里的快速是针对前阶段而言的，在学生奏法正确的基础上要求初步加快速度。71首~79首是带装饰音与不带装饰音的旋律练习。练习时先慢速，把节奏弹准确，弹平均，双手对齐，在稍微加快。这部分又是旋律练习要注意乐谱上的表情术语及力度术语，注意分句、呼吸、旋律的连贯与歌唱。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKykOMsyg4W6OaKc3Btn2ze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、第三部分是80首到结束，是综合性的练习，无论音型、节奏型、音阶琶音类和双音练习都比前面丰富，练习时不仅要弹准确，还要注意音乐起伏，做出力度，速度变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYMke4CmU6KQOYzweEUAZse"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"课程推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsyw0oCo8qW8GuoEA51cvGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚开始学习钢琴的时候可以多看些视频资源，或者可以与许多钢琴爱好者交流，不懂时还可以提出问题，这样总比自己一个人探索有用得多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWosmKU6EAoW4S0fvViydXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下面是一些钢琴的视频教程，大家可以跟着一起学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIew0A84iKMOYMUWYIN7Lcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E9%92%A2%E7%90%B4%E6%95%99%E5%AD%A6%E5%85%A5%E9%97%A8%E9%9B%B6%E5%9F%BA%E7%A1%80\u0026from_source=webtop_search\u0026spm_id_from=333.1007\u0026search_source=2"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://search.bilibili.com/all?keyword=%E9%92%A2%E7%90%B4%E6%95%99%E5%AD%A6%E5%85%A5%E9%97%A8%E9%9B%B6%E5%9F%BA%E7%A1%80\u0026from_source=webtop_search\u0026spm_id_from=333.1007\u0026search_source=2","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKYqMkyE6YMAMgbVoEMjrXe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"如何选择老师","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEsO8AaksmiEcY1GJvfcfne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、找有经验的老师作为启蒙老师。很多人会觉得刚开始学琴，先随便找个老师教教就可以，这完全是不正确的做法。有经验的老师可以为你打下扎实的基础。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4e0qWKkaAI42K4zsdU4tYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、多了解老师的学习经历、教学方式及成果。好的老师都会有着良好的教育经历，以及丰富的教学成果，而他的学习经历也经过时间的沉淀，慢慢的转变成了自己独特的教学风格，也决定了他的教学思路。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaoeYmwAsIG2Qu6Kl8Hd0re"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、成熟的老师教学思路非常清晰。对于钢琴老师来说，教学思路非常重要，如果一个钢琴老师连教学思路都没有的话，那么他就不能是一个好老师，因为这样的钢琴老师迷迷糊糊的就开始进行教学，自己都不知道会把学生带到哪个方向去。只有教学思路明确了，教学的内容才会明确，学生才会被带到正确的方向。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOcmwKmMOQ44Yo5ptgBjLzg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、试课听课，一定不要忽略试课听课的环节，如果不试课就不知道老师的教学风格和教学方式是不是适合自己，能不能听懂这个很关键。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc8QKAaMeqq66Ap9siLL3lf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"日常保养方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnicCAoSeIEcE2eQQymhyRKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、保持良好的通风。钢琴需要良好的通风环境，不良的通风环境将对钢琴造成损坏。如果条件允许，钢琴最好置于房间的中央，或靠房间的内墙放置，如果可能，避免将钢琴靠房屋外墙放置，以防止外界气候变化对钢琴的音质和音量产生不良影响。若受条件限制，也务必确保钢琴四周有良好的通风。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ8mmu6SkcOMqeSheSvc3nL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、切勿将钢琴靠窗放置尽可能不要将钢琴放置于窗前，钢琴的外壳是木质结构，要避免阳光的直射以及温度湿度的骤变。至少琴房窗户应该向屋外方向打开。若受条件所限必须将其靠窗放置时，一定要在窗户上悬挂厚窗帘来保护钢琴。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuQ88OSeSOOKMqMB2Xxpjrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、远离热。钢琴要远离散热器或加热器等热源，以免伤害钢琴外部和内部构件，导致音质、手感品质下降。因此要避免热辐射及热空气对钢琴的侵害。、4.适宜的环境可确保更好的音色适宜的温度和湿度，良好的通风环境是钢琴的演奏性能和声学品质表现最佳的必要条件。总体来说，相对湿度保持在50%--60%是比较理想的。钢琴的某些内部构件，如木、绒、毡等材料的对环境的变化极为敏感，稍有不慎就会损坏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngg0AU28O6uiAOM1GEh4HTh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、湿度对钢琴的影响。由绒、毡、皮及木材制成的击弦机构件精密度很高，允许的误差被限制在1/100mm以内。这些构件对湿度的变化极其敏感，湿度过高会导致击弦机运动迟钝，琴声沉闷，金属部键生锈和琴键失灵等问题出现。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyC6wmMqOaGia2nxt4P0oUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、避免过度干燥。对钢琴来说，环境潮湿是个问题，但过度干燥则更为不利，尤其是使用空调器的人工除湿房间。在一般干燥的气候下，钢琴自身有足够的水分来防止干燥产生的问题，但若空气过于干燥，木质和绒质构件会收缩变形，更为甚者，胶合的音板、夹板也会离层。构件的轻微变形将产生杂音。而且过于干燥的环境会导致弦轴钉松动，导致难以维持音准稳定。建议用户在琴房放置阔叶植物或湿度调节器以防止过度干燥。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaEUG0YE4yyO8kVfeclHXCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、注意气温骤变。如果寒冷的房间温度骤升，水分会凝结在琴弦或其他金属部件上导致生锈。绒质和毡质的构件也会因吸收水分而变形，导致击弦机运动迟钝，音色沉闷。请特别注意，在气温骤变时将钢琴移至朝北的气温较低的房间或密闭的混凝土结构房间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOuoM4QWO2Smow7CkStIDOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、钢琴的放置与音响效果。请将钢琴放置在声音可以均匀分布的房间。若在一个房间里所有的声音都集中于一点，易造成声音滞后及回音。为了让琴声更加悦耳、丰满，避免粗糙刺耳的回声，最好将钢琴放置于可以确保良好音响效果的房间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeI2GYuSkGIcuQYLyUQ4ae"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、切勿将物品放置在钢琴的顶盖上。如果在钢琴的顶盖上放置重物会产生杂音。一瓶鲜花会使钢琴更具风采，但一旦花瓶破裂，水流到钢琴内部将导致金属键生锈、击弦机变形等严重后果。所以，为避免意外，除乐谱和节拍器外，建议任何物品都不要放置于钢琴的顶部。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG6UU4EAiWuCQY7v3aXRuwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnueEoQ46OGyaGY94RBHUR3g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYMsAKEGoqYAG2ImNN3BJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYiwceU0Cu6oqmcqINdd7Ce"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

9. tf23号眼影画法教程

行楷又称“汉字行楷手写体字形”，是偏重于楷书书写笔法，比楷书行笔自由，又比行草规正的行书字体。是汉字在楷书基础上简约书写笔画、增强书写映带、表现书写意趣的实用性字体。行楷最大的优势在于实用性极强，书写速度快、易识易学。

行楷特点

行笔轻盈

书写楷书，运笔稳实、缓慢，笔画讲究工整、挺健。书写行楷，运笔轻松、便捷，线条追求流畅、明快。

点画灵动

书写楷书，笔画造型完整，点画之间呼应关系含蓄。书写行楷，点画活泼，连带显露，点、钩、挑等动感笔画明显增多。

字形多变

楷书的字形平正端庄，通篇整齐均匀，相映如一。行楷字的字形变化多姿，通篇大小相间，正敧相错，同一个字可以有多种写法。

硬笔行楷

姿势

坐姿

推荐的坐姿：头正、肩平、臂开、足安；眼离纸一尺高，手离笔尖一寸长，胸离桌子拳头，推荐坐姿如下图。

握姿

推荐的握姿：拇指、食指捏住笔，中指抵住笔杆底；余下两指紧相依，指离笔尖一寸余；五指配合齐用力，不松不紧最适宜，推荐握姿如下图。

工具

选笔

1、钢笔

钢笔的地位在硬笔练字中处于不可撼动的地位，较强表现力可以反映出毛笔的效果。关于练习钢笔的选择，我们可以遵从以下原则：

（1）不使用美工笔。美工笔不利于稳定练习；

（2）不使用写起来不适的钢笔。比如出现堵笔、洇墨、摩阻过大等问题；

（3）不使用过贵的钢笔。在成本练字的过程相对耗笔，尽量做到成本控制，贵的笔对练字本身没有太实质性的帮助。

中性笔

中性笔有稳定、表现力强、便宜、便捷、书写舒适等优点，是一种相对完美的笔。不止在此次行楷练习试验中，日常生活中，大多数人更愿意使用0.5中性笔。

中性笔的挑选可以遵从如下原则：

（1）书写流度。笔触顺骨，笔画饱满，墨色均匀；

（2）握笔舒适度。长时间书写不会有过于明显累手、压迫感；

（3）墨干燥速度。书写时不会被谱黑就行。

3、其他笔

除了钢笔和中性笔，其他笔类都可以进行练字。种类繁多，最为常见的有铅笔，圆珠笔等。不一定局限于某种笔。

字帖

分类

字帖大体可分为三类：（1）笔画结构详解类（2）集字类（3）语录文章类。初学者可以购入三类字帖分别一本，有一定基础者可以购入后两类字帖各一本，基础扎实者可购最后一类字帖。行楷定型试验于2019年6月10日启动，2019年10月24日初步定型，所用字帖为荆霄鹏的《实用行楷字帖》（图1)、《林徽因语录行楷》（图2)。《实用行楷字帖》属于集字类，《林徽因语录行楷》属于语录文章类。

图1

图2

推荐字帖

当代有大量优秀行楷字帖，比如吴玉生、田英章、钱沛云等人的行（楷）字帖。

昊玉生的行楷字站：《怎样写好写快规范字》《公务员汉字书写5500字》、《古文观止》、《硬笔行书红楼梦诗词》等。

田英章的行（楷）字帖：《钢笔行书实用技法字帖》、《漂亮字的快写技巧（行书）》、《现代汉语常用3500字（行书）》等。

钱沛云的行（楷）字帖：《钱沛云硬笔书法技巧》《钱市云教你写好硬笔行书》等。

对于字站的选择需要根据自己的喜好，但是也要避雷。

选择字帖三不选：不选折凹槽类字帖；不选手写体类字帖；不选大幅度描红类字帖。

纸

练习纸种类繁多，常见的有回宫格、米字格、田字格、空白格、横线格、竖线格等等，练习纸的选择也需依据自己的基础，初学尽量选择辅助线多的回宫格、米字格等，随着阶段的变化，练习纸也应该有所改变以减少辅助，达到科学练习的目的。按时间顺序，不止使用了米字格纸、田字格纸、空白格纸、横线纸、竖线纸、白纸。

重点：从脱离米字格到白纸，练字整个过程都贯穿着田字格纸的巩固练习，不属于完全转换状态。

另外，有以下几个点可以注意：

（1）当没有问题的笔墨写在纸上产生洇墨、阻力大等类问题，建议换纸。

（2）不要使用线格过小的纸，选择写起来有种自然舒适状态的纸。

（3）不要刻意追求“好”纸，硬笔行楷的练习对纸的要求较低。

练字内容

从欣赏一幅书法作品的角度，至少会从章法、结构、笔画（划）三方面进行解读，这三方面即是要练字的内容。

章法

章法是安排布置整幅作品中，字与字、行与行之间呼应、照顾等关系的方法，它着重于字与字之间、行与行之间的协调。章法包含着字形大小、字距远近、字态正奇、黑白分布、落款铃印等，利用这些手段可以使众多单字在特定的风格下形成一种和谐稳定美观又不失趣味的作品。

结构

结构是字内各笔画长短、粗细、疏密、布局等。汉字从结构上分有独体字与合体字两大类。从结构形式看，合体字分为七种，即上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、半包围结构、全包围结构和品字形结构，巧妙地组织笔画让笔画布局合理，传达的视觉效果越好。

笔画（划）

永字反映出了“点、横、竖、撇、捺、提、折、钩”八个基本笔画。笔尖与纸面接触的痕迹，反映出笔画力度、角度、粗细、曲直等。笔画作为练字的起点，是最基础也是最核心的，务必加倍重视。

练字方式

临摹字帖是当下练字最有效的途径，但是部分人在临摹之前往往忽略了一个前提：读帖。将练字方法分解为三个部分：读帖、摹写、临写。

读帖

读帖需要分析字帖范字的笔画、结构、章法。读帖是一个发挥主观能动性的过程，初步练习时应更多的注重笔画的长短、粗细、徐疾、轻重，笔画之间的俯仰、向背、离合、呼应，字的大小、方圆、高矮、宽窄等等。仔细领会字帖的点画形质、间架结构、气韵神采，才能下笔准确。对同一字帖而言，应从其点画开始，观察其起笔、行笔、收笔如何完成以及同一类笔画之间的细小差别等，再到观察毎个字的间架结构、位置布局和章法，最后则是体味字站的气韵神采、风格特点，为准确地临写做好准备。对不同字帖而言，就比如不止选择的两本字帖，往往起到一个相辅相成的作用，为了解一个字体作好充分的准备。经过观察，不止使用的行楷字帖，不像古帖变化较多，容易学习，方便掌握。

摹写

市面上流通的大多数摹写字帖采用透明度较高的硫酸纸覆盖在字帖上，按照影子描写（或者猫红）。当你开始使用摹写时前也要详细的读帖，做到心中有数。摹写过程中，尽量与原帖的用笔一致，单字书写一气呵成，不可存在먹笔填笔等问题。摹写有利有弊，不止认为摹写存在降低主观能动性的嫌疑，故整个练字试验过程都没有使用摹写。

临写

临写根据要求的不同可分为对临、背临和意临。

1、对临

可将字帖置于视角左侧或前端，便于准确观察。随着练字形式的多样化，对临时关于字帖的摆放只要适用于自己即可，可通过裁剪字帖放大观察范围，不必拘泥形式。基于读帖，写完后再将自己写的与字帖仔细对照分析，找到不足做出标记，再次临写，循环练习直到与字帖的字高度相以。临写时不可看一笔写一笔。

2、背临

在读帖，摹写，对临这些过程中，应当有所思索、有所比较、有所记忆，将字帖熟记于心，合帖临写，通过背临这种方式来检验自己是否熟练，这种方式就好比背语文课文，作为一种检查手段的同时，也是在巩固字体的练习，以形成记忆模式，达到一种出笔即像的境界。有部分练习者对照字帖能写得很好，一旦离开字站，不管是字形还是结构都降了层次，这就是因为没有使用好背临这一招。学习一个字体最后目的就是要将帖上字化为已用，想要到达这一目的，背临是必经的过程。背临还有两种形式：空背临和心背临。由于这两种方式不存在使用工具、时间、环境等的要求，完全可以利用碎片时间进行练习与巩固。空背临可用手指、木棍等工具在空中、地上或身上，通过记忆比照字帖写。心背临即在心里描摹字帖，在脑中再现每一笔每一画，这种方式适合睡觉前时用。

3、意临

在临写时注入了自己的主观意识，意临是由临摹过渡到创作的必经之路。诸多初学者存在一个问题：练字时喜欢掺杂自己的意识，这是一种正常的现象，但是也是要趁早正视解决的问题，到达意临这个阶段才开始融入主观思维，切不可过早掺入。意临可从为两种，第一种是在原帖字体风格的基础上，使用自己的笔法或结体特征来表现；第二种是在自己字体风格的基础上，使用原站的笔法和结体特征来适应自己的“意”。

注意事项

三种练字方法的合理利用才能在练字过程取得一个不错的效率，需要我们注意如下几点：

1、多临少摹

不止在为期四个多月的练习期间不采用摹写是因为降低了主观能动性。将摹写与临写进行有机结合，以临写为主、摹写为辅的方式取长补短，未必不是一种好的方法。

2、循序渐进

一般而言，从摹写到临写，各项练习方法应当有效穿插，相互作为辅助关系。

3、先专后博

比如不止选择的两本字帖，先《实用行楷字帖》，后《林数因语录行楷》，两本字帖虽然都是荆香鹏的字，但有差别。先打好基础，解决好笔画结构，再进入长篇幅的练习。同时也可以找书家其他字帖，进行广泛吸收。

4、点面结合

在练习前期，笔画与结构的练习往往是结合在一起。由于诸多现代字帖制作是由字体库生成，相同的字没有变化，极有利于练习（也有弊端，不够灵动）。练习中后期，笔画、结构、章法相互穿插练习，可以进行通临，形成面到点，点到面的良性循环。

5、讲究实效

练字不是抄字，做事要做有用功，每一笔、每一字都需要精益求精，不求数量求质量。当今生活节奏过快，部分人练习时总想急于求成，练字不是一朝一夕的事，讲究效率的同时也要注重坚持。

行楷技巧

连写笔画

写行楷书，往往将相邻的笔画连写，以方便书写。

引用草书

为增强行书的流动笔意，注重牵丝连带，调节行气，也可以把人们比较熟悉的草字直接串写在行楷书中。

简化字形

行楷书书写时，由于连写笔画，可以适当减少笔画数、简化了字形，使书写更加便捷。

改变笔顺

行楷书为了连写方便，有一些字改变了楷书的笔画顺序。总体上要保证美感，章法布局上要讲究错落有致，空间布白。

略带斜势

行楷书在书写时，为行笔连带方便，横可以大幅度上斜，字形略带斜势，自成新的体势。

大小相间

行楷书在排行书写时，字形大小，随其自然，大小相间，使行气更加流畅自然。

章法布局排列

字的大小讲究有大有小，错落有致，相得益彰，这样能够使整体更加美观大方。

规律技巧

左短右长

是指左部偏旁较右部要短、而且小。书写时，左部要写小、并略靠上一些，为右部写宽长一些留出位置。这类字的右部往往有撇画向左部的下方伸展，要恰到好处，不能伸的太长。比如：听、作、观等。

左高右低

点竖对正

指在一个字中，有上下两个中竖者，两个中竖应当垂直对正。竖能对正，则字身不倒。在许多字中，中竖决定字的重心，安放位置对与错就决定了这个字的好坏。

左斜右正

凡左右结构者，以左斜右正者居多，左斜为呼，右正为应，有呼无应，字势必殇，有应无呼，无源之水，均不能立，呼者以斜而取势，应者以平而安神，呈左动而右稳，书呼疾而应迟。

左宽右窄

撇捺不相连

上展下收

横长撇短

上紧下松

书写要点

行楷入门，以吴玉生行楷字为例。

常用字“大”字虽然笔画简单，但并不好写，眼睛一看就会，但是写出来总觉得姿态别扭。

为了方便记忆，下面我把“大”字书写要点归结为“3直1弯”。

①横画要直，用中横，要果断，粗壮有力，不宜带弧度；

②竖撇竖要直；

③捺画前半段要直；

④竖撇跨过横画之后，急转弯，弧度非常大。

毛笔行楷

姿势

坐姿

写毛笔字以坐姿为主。一则练二三寸大楷字无须站立，坐着写就行了；二则坐着省力又利于凝神聚气，注意力容易集中。主张写二三寸大楷模也要用立姿的主要原因是为了练习悬肘，其实坐着写也照样可以用悬肘法，关键是方法要正确。正确的坐姿应该是头正、身直、臂开、足安”（见图下)。

头正：指书写时头要摆正，不可偏侧。

身直：指身体要平正、坐直，两肩齐平，当然直立不是要昂首挺胸，而应该肩背放松，自然下沉，身子略向前倾，胸口与桌面保持一多的间隔，切忌弯腰驼背，甚至将下巴枕靠在左手背上。

臂开：指手臂要往前伸开些，同时两臂的肘关节也要向左右撑开，两边基本匀称。

足安：是指两只脚自然地平稳着地，两腿左右略微分开，其位置与肩宽基本相等，肌肉放松。

站姿

站着写毛笔字身子可略往前倾，头部正直稍微有些下俯，左手掌按住桌面上的纸，右手近于伸直，执笔的姿势也要随着站立而改变，手享下覆，手背与手臂几乎成一平面。两脚分开站稳，双足之间的距离与肩宽大致相等。书写时用手腕、手臂的运动来完成；如果写特别大的字，甚至要用腰部的运动来书写，两脚可再分开些，使书写动作可大一些。执笔方法也应随之而变化。

工具

选笔

毛笔

不同阶段，不同水平，学习不同的书体，练习大小不同的字，对应的毛笔也是不同的。

推荐实体店购买，而非网店购买。网店上的东西看不清摸不着，仅能通过几张图片来判断，这种判断方法很难看的真切，因此很多人发现上了当。而在实体店可以好好观察，也可以根据不同的价格的毛笔进行一个对比，从而择优购买，有问题也能在现场发现。

用笔最好还是选择品牌笔，价格虽是稍高点，但质量比较可靠，包括用料和工艺。

范本

平时多看名帖、看书法展、看名家挥毫。从好作品中汲取养分。推荐的以下范本。

书写原则

1、线条坚而浑——激情原自线条的熟练。线是力和势的组合，行笔要沉着痛快，做到稳健、轻便，重笔势(即趋向)，根据字形大小排字的走向，线条斜势，整体纵向走势。

2、结体奇而稳——注意重心。欹侧、擒纵、疏密、高低。

3、章法变而贯——竹节式(几个字一节)节数间有空隙;贯珠式(中心线);蛇行式(左右摆动);疏影式(疏疏朗朗)。

布局要点

1、一字不能成行。

2、字与字之间有呼应，上承下启，左映右带，行距和字距不能相等。书眼放中央，可大些，字与周边气贯。

3、整体上展出适合墨迹浓重的作品。挂家中适合疏淡的作品。

4、作品中不能有错别字，异体字不过于冷僻。

5、作品整体布局上面重下面轻。

6、评作品好坏主要看总体视觉效果：节奏、墨色、用笔。

7、三三两两，似散还续，气脉一贯，此布局之妙也。

书写技巧

行楷的连带

笔画连带是行楷书的核心，唯有连带，方能提高书写速度。除了一般上下笔划之间的连带之外，还有一些特殊的连带。

1、改变笔顺。如分、交、布、必、巨、王等字，笔顺改变后，连带顺畅，书写便利。

2、笔画合并。如页、吊、此、高、非等字，笔画合并后，两笔并作一笔，使得上下连贯。　　3、笔画省略。如即、动、蜂、龄、它等字的点、小竖、短撇等次要笔画，为了不妨碍连笔，就省略掉了，虽然省略了，但是仍易于辨认。

4、笔画替代。如风、喜、基、具、常、王、能、可等字，这写字大都采取了描摹轮廓的方式来写，用象形笔法勾勒出来，由于约定俗成，已被大家所接受。

要练好行楷，关键要仔细观察字的行笔路线，注意上下衔接，突出主要笔画，减少对笔画的修饰，尽量一气呵成，使字浑然一体。由于书写点画简略，随意自然，行楷给人们以轻松愉快的感觉。

书写特点

行楷的书写特点是连、变、省，其笔画比正楷字的笔画自由，用笔方法也有许多变化。下面我们逐一介绍行楷的基本笔画。

行楷的点画

行楷画卷头尖、腹平、背圆、尾满，前后顾盼。点画都与字的中心呼应。下面是行楷字点画的主要写法：

行楷的横画

行楷字横画多数带钩，与前后笔画呼应或者连接，有长短、精细、俯仰等变化，如果数横并列，要有长短参差，笔势也要有区别。横画在字中往往起平衡作用，因此书写时要注意长短、角度和曲弧。

行楷的竖画

行楷字写竖画不宜太直硬，要适当取斜势或弯曲，收笔有悬针，有垂露，有带钩，有弯弧，但必须把力用到笔端，切忌软散。字中的长竖作适当夸张。

行楷的撇画

行楷字的撇有多种姿态，要注意长短、曲直的变化，书写时常常回锋，做到伸缩有度，与捺相配时要有变化，不能呆板。

行楷的捺画

捺多用在字的右部或者右下角的末笔，有时写成反捺或长点出锋，但要注意带曲，回锋的方向要有变化。

行楷的提画

提又称挑，常在左右结构字左旁的末笔，与右半边联系。写提笔要快而有劲

行楷的折画

行楷字的折画有圆有方，圆转多于方折，圆度要润，方折要顿。

行楷的钩画

行楷字的钩画多变并适度夸张。有些字本来没有钩，可以加钩起连带作用，但要生动求变，饱满有劲，切忌软弱、尖细。

书写关键

八面出锋

借助于八面出锋，自然显出墨色浓淡，湿中有干，干中有湿，浓中有淡，淡中有浓，变化千万，使作品富有节奏感。

刚柔相济

刚力—铁划银钩(粗)：柔力—行云流水(细)。

惜墨如金

要求蘸一次墨写一个字，甚至数字。

豁然开朗

留白处有宽有窄，宽处给人以忽然开朗之感。艺术是制造矛盾，到解决矛盾的过程。

中侧并用

中锋得法立骨，侧锋得势求变。中锋是理性的要求，是书法审美的核心所在；侧锋是情性的化身，是书法通神的手段。

深思熟虑

创作前要深思熟虑，反复推敲，做到“胸有成竹”。

一气呵成

书法是感情的流露，不是技巧的表现，要在身体与心情皆好的状态下写字。书写时随意挥洒，一气呵成。

错落有致

一般情况下，作品的行距要宽，字距要紧。字忌并列，要错开。节数间有空隙，排列组合要有节奏，大小字参差，突出中间书眼。

笔情墨趣

书法是无声的音乐，无形的舞蹈。求变化中有呼应，使整体和谐，有强烈的节奏和视觉冲击力。用好拙笔，用笔略慢，动中有静，写出墨趣。

重视贯气

书法的气，是指点划与不同字之间的呼应，字与字之间的趋向。

书写方法

读帖

要练眼，即认真读帖。读帖是基础，要仔细观察字在方格中的高低位置、笔画的连贯映带、疏密和长短等，眼高是手高的前提，对字形要善于观察、分析和比较，大致相同的字合成一类，举一反三，达到事半功倍的效果。

练脑

要练脑或说练心。在细心观察的基础上，要把示范字牢牢地记在心里，只有把字形象记英语单词、背数学公式那样烂熟于心，深深地刻在大脑里，才能熟练运用。无论何时，一旦提到这个字，马上就能想出这个字在字帖上的形状，做到胸有成帖，脑有成字。

练手

练眼和练脑是为了搞清字该怎样写，心中能想出字的最好效果，手下却不一定能写出来，因为脑不一定能指挥得了手，手不一定能指挥得了笔。练手就是要达到心手一致、手笔一致的境界，所以练手也是至关重要的。练手主要是练指力、练腕力、练手感。

练结构

要写好行楷，结构的练习重于笔画的练习。字的结构是指字的笔画的长短比例及笔画间的穿插避让关系。要掌握汉字的结构，大家可以写写黑体字，通过这种字体把结构进行校正，然后加以变化，写其他的字体也就容易一些。

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷又称“汉字行楷手写体字形”，是偏重于楷书书写笔法，比楷书行笔自由，又比行草规正的行书字体。是汉字在楷书基础上简约书写笔画、增强书写映带、表现书写意趣的实用性字体。行楷最大的优势在于实用性极强，书写速度快、易识易学。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcYsIAc6q8UAHoupFfA6Jv"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷特点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYaukOIYUqu4uirDWImLVhI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行笔轻盈","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUAAg4qCUSo6KGuqFDmvpHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写楷书，运笔稳实、缓慢，笔画讲究工整、挺健。书写行楷，运笔轻松、便捷，线条追求流畅、明快。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCcIycGWM0kCICoARw4h31d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":423,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行笔轻盈","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3cac2bf2f3c7401fa92467d5a90d4291","width":422},"text":"","id":"doxcnYmaeQEm4AwAqS8hyKqfDFf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点画灵动","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC4Kq6GGeMC4MyScd0OabDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写楷书，笔画造型完整，点画之间呼应关系含蓄。书写行楷，点画活泼，连带显露，点、钩、挑等动感笔画明显增多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2EEM4UIOggMSo7KjntZCAh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":358,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点画灵动","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9a0deb6987d14b41b98b20def7c0cb62","width":372},"text":"","id":"doxcnqC8oAwiiumKUstBwpBAjpc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字形多变","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC82UOSaoAq8GG4UbvbUo1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"楷书的字形平正端庄，通篇整齐均匀，相映如一。行楷字的字形变化多姿，通篇大小相间，正敧相错，同一个字可以有多种写法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2iekUmMgo6SoiiSs7V6a1b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":436,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字形多变","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/441551fb3bda4a3fa0b71a042346f0f8","width":431},"text":"","id":"doxcnAYAgCE6gSM4g1SmRmWs7Qz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔行楷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8oSKw6Oa06U2gVS19IetNg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn08qmQYAGsSkyOI8DWpi9Nc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnciMciCmG8IcCEjBHGJk0Qh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐的坐姿：头正、肩平、臂开、足安；眼离纸一尺高，手离笔尖一寸长，胸离桌子拳头，推荐坐姿如下图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKokEyOQEISoEwPbLbaS4id"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":269,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7dc4007c064e4f62b7190df113825aa2","width":249},"text":"","id":"doxcnS4soUKQwKyCCofbdKxjsEh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"握姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQgsMwykeKq0umedSoMmVrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐的握姿：拇指、食指捏住笔，中指抵住笔杆底；余下两指紧相依，指离笔尖一寸余；五指配合齐用力，不松不紧最适宜，推荐握姿如下图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnssCokGGekg8G0UAgW0iUxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":181,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握姿","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c75bf572131348f3af781675dace5466","width":260},"text":"","id":"doxcnGYuiweyaGmqkWfgdUpbvhb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IQSKyg8eYQ8esyWOtcVuc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYoWqeCaqQiKKEbPWJleqze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyaCk2M6ME8eGaSyV44e6Jc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔的地位在硬笔练字中处于不可撼动的地位，较强表现力可以反映出毛笔的效果。关于练习钢笔的选择，我们可以遵从以下原则：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsG6Ye4omiYEAOs7UZGKLvh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）不使用美工笔。美工笔不利于稳定练习；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS2asmUM8Oc0umYs2RnCLXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）不使用写起来不适的钢笔。比如出现堵笔、洇墨、摩阻过大等问题；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwcSUoiKOMOAwolSDNeSgqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）不使用过贵的钢笔。在成本练字的过程相对耗笔，尽量做到成本控制，贵的笔对练字本身没有太实质性的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYWSoWCMyIac2wXg8H0vTNc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/af05e6bd85604eb3b3090a29f3f25956","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnOimsEeYcU8IUycD6KwzYRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAIOqO4UKUsKiiWblbtqV0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔有稳定、表现力强、便宜、便捷、书写舒适等优点，是一种相对完美的笔。不止在此次行楷练习试验中，日常生活中，大多数人更愿意使用0.5中性笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8y80ucmkMEo6Yz690kipzd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔的挑选可以遵从如下原则：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnguKWaAyGiU82m24DES6LJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）书写流度。笔触顺骨，笔画饱满，墨色均匀；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6OAiAKuiw0QKML7J6o8XXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）握笔舒适度。长时间书写不会有过于明显累手、压迫感；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCMYeAmYkKcOUUrxYq3Fise"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）墨干燥速度。书写时不会被谱黑就行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmIu0Qi2uKKokktaSU61gZb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":292,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/884b1da8fd384fca83383a0278f6685a","width":387},"text":"","id":"doxcnOOQGKEUeqI8k6lAdfDViic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、其他笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkicWAAEOqkAOKA627mdwqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除了钢笔和中性笔，其他笔类都可以进行练字。种类繁多，最为常见的有铅笔，圆珠笔等。不一定局限于某种笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0ccAiu6KEUGc6M6v7YNFyg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":250,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c72b7ebfeedf4f9691800c3bdcb606ab","width":250},"text":"","id":"doxcnIegGkuSKW6c6wBzbOOPyRb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniEOyUqOQMmWQslzECcIJRf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"分类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqWSUaMQmYO0kAf24i8PFTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖大体可分为三类：（1）笔画结构详解类（2）集字类（3）语录文章类。初学者可以购入三类字帖分别一本，有一定基础者可以购入后两类字帖各一本，基础扎实者可购最后一类字帖。行楷定型试验于2019年6月10日启动，2019年10月24日初步定型，所用字帖为荆霄鹏的《实用行楷字帖》（图1)、《林徽因语录行楷》（图2)。《实用行楷字帖》属于集字类，《林徽因语录行楷》属于语录文章类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSmkI4QYAAcE8kz0fC7TfKe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":317,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/72f1500043eb4ce1a303a7d41a33a703","width":235},"text":"","id":"doxcnKOqYYIE8owM6GIVhk2ea3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图1","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn42scOaQC6SGCE3OExmp20g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":320,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6e872ce4399b4dfcb2315150131a8b85","width":247},"text":"","id":"doxcnsumocemYQSk6yoqAhf6Adc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图2","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnce6CcqocmQocA7Zw4FETee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngEOIQQM0OwgagFMW09R8td"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当代有大量优秀行楷字帖，比如吴玉生、田英章、钱沛云等人的行（楷）字帖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuo6u84MkgeoQS0nh3cTNhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"昊玉生的行楷字站：《怎样写好写快规范字》《公务员汉字书写5500字》、《古文观止》、《硬笔行书红楼梦诗词》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUyY28seoq2m08jMdTLPxkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"田英章的行（楷）字帖：《钢笔行书实用技法字帖》、《漂亮字的快写技巧（行书）》、《现代汉语常用3500字（行书）》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQSMqau4qCoMm2XxlNGJJyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钱沛云的行（楷）字帖：《钱沛云硬笔书法技巧》《钱市云教你写好硬笔行书》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqy4Y2iKkqcOUMXXyjbwRkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对于字站的选择需要根据自己的喜好，但是也要避雷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0CS4AYcuOkW4qIygeJROZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择字帖三不选：不选折凹槽类字帖；不选手写体类字帖；不选大幅度描红类字帖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngE80Gokgqkao6zWC2vsfsd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ0gAgC4M6kaQ0owxeYyZoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习纸种类繁多，常见的有回宫格、米字格、田字格、空白格、横线格、竖线格等等，练习纸的选择也需依据自己的基础，初学尽量选择辅助线多的回宫格、米字格等，随着阶段的变化，练习纸也应该有所改变以减少辅助，达到科学练习的目的。按时间顺序，不止使用了米字格纸、田字格纸、空白格纸、横线纸、竖线纸、白纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCqSommKokAMWXsjLxZ3xLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"重点：从脱离米字格到白纸，练字整个过程都贯穿着田字格纸的巩固练习，不属于完全转换状态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4OAM2WWoY4YOyYiYNBddyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外，有以下几个点可以注意：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoAMw6gCwuOeeiSIj3962rg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）当没有问题的笔墨写在纸上产生洇墨、阻力大等类问题，建议换纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCey64Ue0CCyUGstIqsePWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）不要使用线格过小的纸，选择写起来有种自然舒适状态的纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Mei0Mi22YGOgvnvvFwmqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）不要刻意追求“好”纸，硬笔行楷的练习对纸的要求较低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCgECqqU08WuGr3c4sImyT"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1185,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f9273d9413da47d7ac3db0ebbbfbcd56","width":790},"text":"","id":"doxcngMeGwYSmIwUUa0uTFIdCoh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字内容","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMuA00AusuW8AnUVouKs0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从欣赏一幅书法作品的角度，至少会从章法、结构、笔画（划）三方面进行解读，这三方面即是要练字的内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4uW6WqcQQUws0SXcSdnWrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu0IiMSkSoICs0ivuP8j0Ad"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法是安排布置整幅作品中，字与字、行与行之间呼应、照顾等关系的方法，它着重于字与字之间、行与行之间的协调。章法包含着字形大小、字距远近、字态正奇、黑白分布、落款铃印等，利用这些手段可以使众多单字在特定的风格下形成一种和谐稳定美观又不失趣味的作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsusugEusaIo8MvXg33O1nd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkwY2Cok0I4kKa6vEwygEJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构是字内各笔画长短、粗细、疏密、布局等。汉字从结构上分有独体字与合体字两大类。从结构形式看，合体字分为七种，即上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、半包围结构、全包围结构和品字形结构，巧妙地组织笔画让笔画布局合理，传达的视觉效果越好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnssuKaGa0MoAsuAwL2Ii3nh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画（划）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeOGiAiIIeW0IKQDaEEH5I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"永字反映出了“点、横、竖、撇、捺、提、折、钩”八个基本笔画。笔尖与纸面接触的痕迹，反映出笔画力度、角度、粗细、曲直等。笔画作为练字的起点，是最基础也是最核心的，务必加倍重视。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniAmUuyA0CaaswvbgJ0S7Ch"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYKCygkWcIKGKUPHW5pSzxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹字帖是当下练字最有效的途径，但是部分人在临摹之前往往忽略了一个前提：读帖。将练字方法分解为三个部分：读帖、摹写、临写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO0UMscWAuQkIe5yqi2MeT9"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGAAk82w28KUOIRlF1S8QLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖需要分析字帖范字的笔画、结构、章法。读帖是一个发挥主观能动性的过程，初步练习时应更多的注重笔画的长短、粗细、徐疾、轻重，笔画之间的俯仰、向背、离合、呼应，字的大小、方圆、高矮、宽窄等等。仔细领会字帖的点画形质、间架结构、气韵神采，才能下笔准确。对同一字帖而言，应从其点画开始，观察其起笔、行笔、收笔如何完成以及同一类笔画之间的细小差别等，再到观察毎个字的间架结构、位置布局和章法，最后则是体味字站的气韵神采、风格特点，为准确地临写做好准备。对不同字帖而言，就比如不止选择的两本字帖，往往起到一个相辅相成的作用，为了解一个字体作好充分的准备。经过观察，不止使用的行楷字帖，不像古帖变化较多，容易学习，方便掌握。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6mgYAAAQOMywycRkaO2uCf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"摹写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6gYSEGaCkcOkiUDVAvGzle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"市面上流通的大多数摹写字帖采用透明度较高的硫酸纸覆盖在字帖上，按照影子描写（或者猫红）。当你开始使用摹写时前也要详细的读帖，做到心中有数。摹写过程中，尽量与原帖的用笔一致，单字书写一气呵成，不可存在먹笔填笔等问题。摹写有利有弊，不止认为摹写存在降低主观能动性的嫌疑，故整个练字试验过程都没有使用摹写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncqAyo4S6CCSaYTmdDAzshe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6iM4OiYag0WcQD61VKxzDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临写根据要求的不同可分为对临、背临和意临。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnygOUcU2IMMCIs1Ye474JJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、对临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni62qGqSGoUMUYNDoHeenTw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可将字帖置于视角左侧或前端，便于准确观察。随着练字形式的多样化，对临时关于字帖的摆放只要适用于自己即可，可通过裁剪字帖放大观察范围，不必拘泥形式。基于读帖，写完后再将自己写的与字帖仔细对照分析，找到不足做出标记，再次临写，循环练习直到与字帖的字高度相以。临写时不可看一笔写一笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncyUQQaEEiUwKsF3SWiJp0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、背临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA2S06sa2kckwDN9brm2NLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在读帖，摹写，对临这些过程中，应当有所思索、有所比较、有所记忆，将字帖熟记于心，合帖临写，通过背临这种方式来检验自己是否熟练，这种方式就好比背语文课文，作为一种检查手段的同时，也是在巩固字体的练习，以形成记忆模式，达到一种出笔即像的境界。有部分练习者对照字帖能写得很好，一旦离开字站，不管是字形还是结构都降了层次，这就是因为没有使用好背临这一招。学习一个字体最后目的就是要将帖上字化为已用，想要到达这一目的，背临是必经的过程。背临还有两种形式：空背临和心背临。由于这两种方式不存在使用工具、时间、环境等的要求，完全可以利用碎片时间进行练习与巩固。空背临可用手指、木棍等工具在空中、地上或身上，通过记忆比照字帖写。心背临即在心里描摹字帖，在脑中再现每一笔每一画，这种方式适合睡觉前时用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMcQ2kOYemq2qmcI1ebeInc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、意临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAKoeUoysIM2gE9Ezj6O0Yb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在临写时注入了自己的主观意识，意临是由临摹过渡到创作的必经之路。诸多初学者存在一个问题：练字时喜欢掺杂自己的意识，这是一种正常的现象，但是也是要趁早正视解决的问题，到达意临这个阶段才开始融入主观思维，切不可过早掺入。意临可从为两种，第一种是在原帖字体风格的基础上，使用自己的笔法或结体特征来表现；第二种是在自己字体风格的基础上，使用原站的笔法和结体特征来适应自己的“意”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYuu2QQuummUchftaOlYJf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSEKqU8MukMwuYLyVM9eJ0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三种练字方法的合理利用才能在练字过程取得一个不错的效率，需要我们注意如下几点：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM4ci6OkEmCu4Mv7B1q8ayg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、多临少摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4UsGEYE2qa4kSq81ldYrEb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不止在为期四个多月的练习期间不采用摹写是因为降低了主观能动性。将摹写与临写进行有机结合，以临写为主、摹写为辅的方式取长补短，未必不是一种好的方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8kGcQuiKocsIHa0TtdvKh9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、循序渐进","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIA0wMeKukUIs7pBA3jNXG7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般而言，从摹写到临写，各项练习方法应当有效穿插，相互作为辅助关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2weMMgcMgICQgHri9JdLFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、先专后博","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnosUWSoIk4MEIiqC3FlueHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如不止选择的两本字帖，先《实用行楷字帖》，后《林数因语录行楷》，两本字帖虽然都是荆香鹏的字，但有差别。先打好基础，解决好笔画结构，再进入长篇幅的练习。同时也可以找书家其他字帖，进行广泛吸收。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWW4cQko8gm8SWEZ20ELjhg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、点面结合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqyi8qie6seEcCgyOBCnIYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在练习前期，笔画与结构的练习往往是结合在一起。由于诸多现代字帖制作是由字体库生成，相同的字没有变化，极有利于练习（也有弊端，不够灵动）。练习中后期，笔画、结构、章法相互穿插练习，可以进行通临，形成面到点，点到面的良性循环。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCk444820km6A2TV39qHvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、讲究实效","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8CCoYYgQCU2c2vLewYZtNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字不是抄字，做事要做有用功，每一笔、每一字都需要精益求精，不求数量求质量。当今生活节奏过快，部分人练习时总想急于求成，练字不是一朝一夕的事，讲究效率的同时也要注重坚持。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKA8EUseeku0scZNWXtkJ5c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSiuKYmCkWo6G3h43MGfHLs"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连写笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuawgOAsEy2ayQ9gtiXTxke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写行楷书，往往将相邻的笔画连写，以方便书写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqKw46SMWCEQUO4AyVTvoQf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":235,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"连写笔画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1b382ee6d39f476f99f50fcd8d2e5a97","width":404},"text":"","id":"doxcny04o6OWigEYG2TTquYR5Hb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"引用草书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCEAQSEieUgYIpvOSTlD8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为增强行书的流动笔意，注重牵丝连带，调节行气，也可以把人们比较熟悉的草字直接串写在行楷书中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGWyU0YoCMg0u6WJb7OeNDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":201,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"引用草书","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2134a5f56bea4044abd9c015669a856d","width":328},"text":"","id":"doxcnICE8KCYoAmgOUvHfxQtgvf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简化字形","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAs24c0qgOcQEGKYKdsu9xg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书书写时，由于连写笔画，可以适当减少笔画数、简化了字形，使书写更加便捷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCceeUImO2c88xyYyCyDUg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简化字形","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2c73d3be38fd4ed5a705088c54ed3634","width":537},"text":"","id":"doxcnGg2SUuCMG0uIIHY9N0pVTe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"改变笔顺","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCegmY44SCmkwxzjQ0pROb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书为了连写方便，有一些字改变了楷书的笔画顺序。总体上要保证美感，章法布局上要讲究错落有致，空间布白。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4wAAIGq8UeQKcrcFKHAFZg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":244,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"改变笔顺","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/dfe6bf25d1474adb891c92cf324e45bd","width":385},"text":"","id":"doxcnGW4ayU66EkIkcR4t55gkLc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"略带斜势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoAakMW2ymkMAcR7BvfUMTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书在书写时，为行笔连带方便，横可以大幅度上斜，字形略带斜势，自成新的体势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMiIWS4MG4YcHuyX1zyDMa"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":191,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"略带斜势","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbb1dfda88f04fcc940bdd29700049c4","width":483},"text":"","id":"doxcnyscegMAogsUuIjQUcL1KMe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大小相间","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUOO2kqwmu2O4I0geuWoXrZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书在排行书写时，字形大小，随其自然，大小相间，使行气更加流畅自然。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMI0mqQ2QSQgIwT1kNIK9bh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":173,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大小相间","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/48047f747c5742f8aae3b367a5e47bed","width":497},"text":"","id":"doxcnuMQAmwG8SUCyQFhr94WXgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法布局排列","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsakQKCUCO6a0G2D5sjCzDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字的大小讲究有大有小，错落有致，相得益彰，这样能够使整体更加美观大方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYaImKgESEUmuSOvyo6f8wf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":256,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"章法布局排列","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/78cb43e4dddd4e809bfafee24f0b3537","width":485},"text":"","id":"doxcnGkq4qe0cuWAIy2jU9O4LYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"规律技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKOoY2wyW0ymeuk3p8Pdbec"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左短右长","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2IKKeoSIKq2ysf0X4sxkkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是指左部偏旁较右部要短、而且小。书写时，左部要写小、并略靠上一些，为右部写宽长一些留出位置。这类字的右部往往有撇画向左部的下方伸展，要恰到好处，不能伸的太长。比如：听、作、观等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqweAskOk0wQCw9xvAvLchf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":384,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左短右长","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d4d3b017d53241c1a6db9220e1a9391c","width":401},"text":"","id":"doxcnGykmc6Aecao87M0KmymFB6"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左高右低","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4oCWm6sec2GkyXIhE8ALqb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":447,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左高右低","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/06e19fd03c6b4b1893a8c6f8f44f1e5c","width":469},"text":"","id":"doxcnuGKIeuq8icUAW2PHLYBuYg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点竖对正","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIgEe8wUKmGOuoXLqX4nwQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指在一个字中，有上下两个中竖者，两个中竖应当垂直对正。竖能对正，则字身不倒。在许多字中，中竖决定字的重心，安放位置对与错就决定了这个字的好坏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQEq488a66mgEkRr18DJWUb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点竖对正","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5d4c50af87df4ba192e6f477e7ff6ee8","width":466},"text":"","id":"doxcnui2k6WSGccKCExe0R2lcwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左斜右正","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioSkEEGimMq2eerYx3PiYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"凡左右结构者，以左斜右正者居多，左斜为呼，右正为应，有呼无应，字势必殇，有应无呼，无源之水，均不能立，呼者以斜而取势，应者以平而安神，呈左动而右稳，书呼疾而应迟。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOg6QmC2oK2cuGEXUx7Clqe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左斜右正","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cf073816e8f0403285f724b444d69b2f","width":455},"text":"","id":"doxcn0wKOw6gMk8kAPevNYILKrP"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左宽右窄","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO86cMqiW2AO6WyrxT90LLb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":445,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左宽右窄","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3419fe4a089744c489be772412199aa5","width":462},"text":"","id":"doxcnEME88Wa4KYuImgaKRnhREb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"撇捺不相连","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniSyqqGG6YuMGoHBCQnXugc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"撇捺不相连","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/14d9d573adf3472abc5db7e680d42e30","width":462},"text":"","id":"doxcngi682G0ug0YU4aqqWGQxfe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"上展下收","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCAikyiwQaqeI0MeHUxhMUh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":444,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"上展下收","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f4d028479fcd49b2853c2febea868451","width":457},"text":"","id":"doxcnSAKeqwwAWEGO6ZEN8YHcMc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"横长撇短","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkMUWYCAKg06UkF3wIG5eb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"横长撇短","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f2ef8de983dd4d27b401c3585e7b673a","width":455},"text":"","id":"doxcnoCqoaoAWSiwygX7i8qZfcg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"上紧下松","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqw2WcgUCumGOoH8KFWykc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":436,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"上紧下松","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/acc882f3fad04cfcac9558dd5b035d18","width":458},"text":"","id":"doxcnguuo0EmsQwCkigj3MNVfVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniWqc0WmsCYO66jwoFaw9Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷入门，以吴玉生行楷字为例。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0woEGSUEok6mAKll0Wozd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用字“大”字虽然笔画简单，但并不好写，眼睛一看就会，但是写出来总觉得姿态别扭。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUwoYigA0CmWu4GOKZxS7ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了方便记忆，下面我把“大”字书写要点归结为“","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"3直1弯”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwEiWAeIcwIcaGw1xFuS4ah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①横画要直，用中横，要果断，粗壮有力，不宜带弧度；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIqcoYqwiKc46qISC4rZRJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②竖撇竖要直；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0cMguuoAS4s2e8B9vTvXSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③捺画前半段要直；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwccMCEOAw2QmqqAYK0ecvb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④竖撇跨过横画之后，急转弯，弧度非常大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6UwO8YGwQkkQYHCzQuPzEd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔行楷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMcyOiIIkuU4Ys3nvvw5ltg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqWsWkm8Mcos22WA5RXMcb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweQKAwmYysGGkpJFtdqGff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写毛笔字以坐姿为主。一则练二三寸大楷字无须站立，坐着写就行了；二则坐着省力又利于凝神聚气，注意力容易集中。主张写二三寸大楷模也要用立姿的主要原因是为了练习悬肘，其实坐着写也照样可以用悬肘法，关键是方法要正确。正确的坐姿应该是头正、身直、臂开、足安”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"（见图下)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQsmC0yS6g0KioH2CKKX1kc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":316,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/417fa556de554207ad5134082687dd2f","width":183},"text":"","id":"doxcnMUIqIcW8U6mUuCNaOkLfKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"头正：指书写时头要摆正，不可偏侧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGwIyoWWsSKKY6HqUTZr3Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"身直：指身体要平正、坐直，两肩齐平，当然直立不是要昂首挺胸，而应该肩背放松，自然下沉，身子略向前倾，胸口与桌面保持一多的间隔，切忌弯腰驼背，甚至将下巴枕靠在左手背上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUQmGeaUok0sQKoC2NeAyrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"臂开：指手臂要往前伸开些，同时两臂的肘关节也要向左右撑开，两边基本匀称。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIUkCcyIGW2M0a97totsiob"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"足安：是指两只脚自然地平稳着地，两腿左右略微分开，其位置与肩宽基本相等，肌肉放松。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnscy4yIkwGW8iAj6LaigwQc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"站姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6KeUwOwe2GqkvMkUcOkFx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"站着写毛笔字身子可略往前倾，头部正直稍微有些下俯，左手掌按住桌面上的纸，右手近于伸直，执笔的姿势也要随着站立而改变，手享下覆，手背与手臂几乎成一平面。两脚分开站稳，双足之间的距离与肩宽大致相等。书写时用手腕、手臂的运动来完成；如果写特别大的字，甚至要用腰部的运动来书写，两脚可再分开些，使书写动作可大一些。执笔方法也应随之而变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCu64QmqyuYO2K41JlLc1Ig"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":331,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"站姿","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0e2b6e78c415417f82919c42ce04ad14","width":186},"text":"","id":"doxcniWeUKSAWsUG2553WzOlJbc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGgmW4KSqiOiOeA8VDgLHWd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEOscEWGiYAWgSQsOg7czmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnECqooYMiO6a8W0MgL3dHbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同阶段，不同水平，学习不同的书体，练习大小不同的字，对应的毛笔也是不同的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmqIyy08OMCM64Vtl5ltwVk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐实体店购买，而非网店购买。网店上的东西看不清摸不着，仅能通过几张图片来判断，这种判断方法很难看的真切，因此很多人发现上了当。而在实体店可以好好观察，也可以根据不同的价格的毛笔进行一个对比，从而择优购买，有问题也能在现场发现。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOm8IqCu8a8gosPA8gU17ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔最好还是选择品牌笔，价格虽是稍高点，但质量比较可靠，包括用料和工艺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne6wQIckyKWsqsbOvYrz7re"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":435,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0dc993b2bf2346009a27a41003c3a17d","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn0EMG2gwIw8OAEjQropDhwc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCgqsWYyy22SUK2a8UYu45c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"平时多看名帖、看书法展、看名家挥毫。从好作品中汲取养分。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"推荐的以下范本。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnACkmwiGiGQmK2l7v5n1Twc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":417,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a79c94e97cfd415f8fee87403b27c988","width":486},"text":"","id":"doxcnwSIS4KuouCSCYDK3iaHUrh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":421,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b908e44793bb416ca7a620dececb4245","width":549},"text":"","id":"doxcnmWqO6MQyiGEWE1JMpFzLHg"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuOSWAgoCMc2cHlminRivq"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuOSWAgoCMc2cHlminRivq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、线条坚而浑——激情原自线条的熟练。线是力和势的组合，行笔要沉着痛快，做到稳健、轻便，重笔势(即趋向)，根据字形大小排字的走向，线条斜势，整体纵向走势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6E8OGyUuysmeSrHW1el2e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、结体奇而稳——注意重心。欹侧、擒纵、疏密、高低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqU60cKSUu4kY6oGrQEETjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、章法变而贯——竹节式(几个字一节)节数间有空隙;贯珠式(中心线);蛇行式(左右摆动);疏影式(疏疏朗朗)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2qGy0GkOAoO4u4fJ8SlSmh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0C8AumEsAMuqScsKS82lCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、一字不能成行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOc0ksWyuU2Y4ATMXFv7pKh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、字与字之间有呼应，上承下启，左映右带，行距和字距不能相等。书眼放中央，可大些，字与周边气贯。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGasoYq4GKYGsecACmzowgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、整体上展出适合墨迹浓重的作品。挂家中适合疏淡的作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0cyk6G2kM2Mc8JWNqfN43f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、作品中不能有错别字，异体字不过于冷僻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8YkomM2yCWCgfldKKZbdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、作品整体布局上面重下面轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAeuAikQYIUcU6AMYaLjiMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、评作品好坏主要看总体视觉效果：节奏、墨色、用笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQAaMeOU4oIII3teYgTEPkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、三三两两，似散还续，气脉一贯，此布局之妙也。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4iqiYKKmE0moI7XxDzVdXq"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"布局要点","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/846242840158490394c0c4c47d3d0099","width":360},"text":"","id":"doxcns2q6MuQS2OYkUFUYR1XDYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqAKwy8akk2GOlNevr7eyNe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的连带","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG0o6uA0YYe8CuWrldoHTie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画连带是行楷书的核心，唯有连带，方能提高书写速度。除了一般上下笔划之间的连带之外，还有一些特殊的连带。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8SYyoAsoSocOZIZBKiU7L"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、改变笔顺。如分、交、布、必、巨、王等字，笔顺改变后，连带顺畅，书写便利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncsCykwUwgQyCkXIu4UVJFc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、笔画合并。如页、吊、此、高、非等字，笔画合并后，两笔并作一笔，使得上下连贯。　　3、笔画省略。如即、动、蜂、龄、它等字的点、小竖、短撇等次要笔画，为了不妨碍连笔，就省略掉了，虽然省略了，但是仍易于辨认。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOYy6OeoucYkqYfm5oVPIeg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、笔画替代。如风、喜、基、具、常、王、能、可等字，这写字大都采取了描摹轮廓的方式来写，用象形笔法勾勒出来，由于约定俗成，已被大家所接受。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniYscSugg4ga4kJKzB7wtCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练好行楷，关键要仔细观察字的行笔路线，注意上下衔接，突出主要笔画，减少对笔画的修饰，尽量一气呵成，使字浑然一体。由于书写点画简略，随意自然，行楷给人们以轻松愉快的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCQCeMou2CkAyyiNa3Bstg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写特点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE4o0MYkUE0UmWeKpQb4cxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的书写特点是连、变、省，其笔画比正楷字的笔画自由，用笔方法也有许多变化。下面我们逐一介绍行楷的基本笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2aqCSqMucQ6GriKynPoIc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的点画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA0C64w46QSqsstlt7yH0yg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷画卷头尖、腹平、背圆、尾满，前后顾盼。点画都与字的中心呼应。下面是行楷字点画的主要写法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGIEQKUwOsoeM8sP960iQHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":571,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的点画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3607d8bd01a24206af6796a231694413","width":450},"text":"","id":"doxcncYgsUyM4sSS66mhva0NHhB"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的横画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKYyC4eEYoIkKPxkgIr9ixK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字横画多数带钩，与前后笔画呼应或者连接，有长短、精细、俯仰等变化，如果数横并列，要有长短参差，笔势也要有区别。横画在字中往往起平衡作用，因此书写时要注意长短、角度和曲弧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngaCsoG2GAoQwukjtCX0n69"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":355,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的横画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/769ecd8b470e420293fdc8bac157e16a","width":537},"text":"","id":"doxcn8UuYcU88As6k4KiNBFM5Pc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的竖画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUQ8Kmyc4S0G0qOuxQZlEme"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字写竖画不宜太直硬，要适当取斜势或弯曲，收笔有悬针，有垂露，有带钩，有弯弧，但必须把力用到笔端，切忌软散。字中的长竖作适当夸张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIsACQSQmYUmE8jtVztVsRf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":592,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的竖画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a5d111eb608f478d82f2d1d625b3792c","width":590},"text":"","id":"doxcnuE8UyyK64ME6moE7zHbUlf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的撇画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCeWYWmogs4Kqgp8hCMKvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的撇有多种姿态，要注意长短、曲直的变化，书写时常常回锋，做到伸缩有度，与捺相配时要有变化，不能呆板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI6SMqOyMs8SMGqegxzJXld"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的撇画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1b80a5e4468a40e9be7a50ec35d21b4d","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnwKQKEG66I4qI0Ia4oXvH3c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的捺画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmcaosE8KQAIwmEE9pflz0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"捺多用在字的右部或者右下角的末笔，有时写成反捺或长点出锋，但要注意带曲，回锋的方向要有变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqQMqOIEkuOiUeKfhqJ8rVT"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":659,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的捺画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6ab263ee1d447689f78425e54ffee29","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnUOe46mkCgIoICQmdDa8Rrc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的提画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2CUkIkSq6YUaYdnIpKqHwd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"提又称挑，常在左右结构字左旁的末笔，与右半边联系。写提笔要快而有劲 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4MK8QuaAOYm40WLzS0TJie"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":439,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的提画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/576d3bc6417844388035bb6c5084ee57","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcncCkuYouk6ssmsT06ZDxoSc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8eOy0ks4EQqIljp7jUr0d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的折画有圆有方，圆转多于方折，圆度要润，方折要顿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGmy4CU0MgcoSUVQHAqYB2g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":423,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/724e5644f62e4846aa36aafee21c47a2","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnWY2wyEWWQkKQMztqVyBQch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的钩画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMwMi8eu2s8S06UT3SKzm9F"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的钩画多变并适度夸张。有些字本来没有钩，可以加钩起连带作用，但要生动求变，饱满有劲，切忌软弱、尖细。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwswImyS0Oae46NA7C35mlb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":779,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9f64b9e111a8402db251d29e9fe82877","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnG4Wy24uac42aYRHOKhrDEf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写关键","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6o86MmeMUcmkkHLBcIqxCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"八面出锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngoI2owY4EG8qINNFHuTY6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"借助于八面出锋，自然显出墨色浓淡，湿中有干，干中有湿，浓中有淡，淡中有浓，变化千万，使作品富有节奏感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMi6CSowM8wIuYzm00qxlDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚柔相济","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCKG0SSqAMiiUG2RJNSagMo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚力—","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"铁划银钩(粗)：柔力—","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"行云流水(细)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0AyiWK04co8UJir8F7Tkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"惜墨如金","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU22cm6iiwWIUgtSXfFRqed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要求蘸一次墨写一个字，甚至数字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSwgo86II24yiOONHJDHNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"豁然开朗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmygKyu8gAiQ6OplD7osqVp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"留白处有宽有窄，宽处给人以忽然开朗之感。艺术是制造矛盾，到解决矛盾的过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQG04OK2ke0U0gN2BO9SEhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中侧并用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEsOk8Kq6uaoieE67PtMfad"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋得法立骨，侧锋得势求变。中锋是理性的要求，是书法审美的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"核心所在；","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"侧锋是情性的化身，是书法通神的手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYscu8skYuWMnl6PLQWXcM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"深思熟虑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQI8EcImyUakEyabawOXpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作前要深思熟虑，反复推敲，做到“胸有成竹”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ4mKQIMo68siohfwOjuh5a"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一气呵成","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncmGoe46o6aOGYrkbQGiTJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法是感情的流露，不是技巧的表现，要在身体与心情皆好的状态下写字。书写时随意挥洒，一气呵成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA4SeYSQgyyEc2B0GHS46Le"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"错落有致","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO0yIwmIsgGwYGEvjjQ0Bxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况下，作品的行距要宽，字距要紧。字忌并列，要错开。节数间有空隙，排列组合要有节奏，大小字参差，突出中间书眼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIgs6IawSuwA8e6o12XYVkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔情墨趣","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOoi2iO4OCGWGwHrtxBjXhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法是无声的音乐，无形的舞蹈。求变化中有呼应，使整体和谐，有强烈的节奏和视觉冲击力。用好拙笔，用笔略慢，动中有静，写出墨趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaAGSyYusYGaA0YK4jiARyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"重视贯气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUwWOeuwYI0wOoZ4Dee31c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法的气，是指点划与不同字之间的呼应，字与字之间的趋向。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaAAmUk0uIGQYmKljTaPVSd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwm44O4Q6GY8CuarhxCvxeg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMKmOesQEoQmUUPRMutQo4c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练眼，即认真读帖。读帖是基础，要仔细观察字在方格中的高低位置、笔画的连贯映带、疏密和长短等，眼高是手高的前提，对字形要善于观察、分析和比较，大致相同的字合成一类，举一反三，达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmUisQUE2w4M8VEjN2dz4D6"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练脑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyqqQ0SUumUUuinEBUVCsf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练脑或说练心。在细心观察的基础上，要把示范字牢牢地记在心里，只有把字形象记英语单词、背数学公式那样烂熟于心，深深地刻在大脑里，才能熟练运用。无论何时，一旦提到这个字，马上就能想出这个字在字帖上的形状，做到胸有成帖，脑有成字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyU28iuMaKMEUs12rquz09b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns6Oi8EeSe8qkkNRUT9nOQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练眼和练脑是为了搞清字该怎样写，心中能想出字的最好效果，手下却不一定能写出来，因为脑不一定能指挥得了手，手不一定能指挥得了笔。练手就是要达到心手一致、手笔一致的境界，所以练手也是至关重要的。练手主要是练指力、练腕力、练手感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOcskIEmeugIo2l4FqNoh6J"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnISwyugGwWSIkEPvx6PS7Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要写好行楷，结构的练习重于笔画的练习。字的结构是指字的笔画的长短比例及笔画间的穿插避让关系。要掌握汉字的结构，大家可以写写黑体字，通过这种字体把结构进行校正，然后加以变化，写其他的字体也就容易一些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoScscSKaGWEK47RWMAFSAf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

10. tf28号眼影画法

Adobe Premiere是Adobe家族的一款剪辑软件，它给我的感觉就是入门快、功能强大，无论是对于新手还是专业人士，PR在大部分情况下都是很友好的。

认识PR

Pr全称Adobe Premiere，是Adobe公司开发的一款视频剪辑&编辑软件。主要用于视频采集、视频剪辑、调色、添加字幕、编辑音频、渲染输出。

Premiere提供了采集、剪辑、调色、美化音频、字幕添加、输出、DVD刻录的一整套流程，并和其他Adobe软件高效集成，使用户足以完成在编辑、制作、工作流上遇到的所有挑战，满足用户创建高质量作品的要求。

下载PR软件

Adobe官网下载

进入Adobe官网进行下载https://www.adobe.com/cn/products/premiere.html

其他网页下载

1、打开浏览器今日头条搜索3D溜溜网，进入官网

2、打开浏览器搜索3D溜溜网，进入官网，点击上面【···】三个点之后选择【软件插件】里的【羽兔网软件下载】

3、选择【常用软件】里的【视频制作】

4、向下滑，在下面找到PR2018版本的进行【软件下载】，里面还有其他版本，这里选择的是适配win7的。

PR窗口介绍

Premiere软件由菜单栏、常用工具栏、时间轴、侧边面板栏（组件窗口）组成。主工作区有素材（项目）管理窗口、素材预览窗口、视频监视器窗口、时间轴窗口、调音台窗口、调色窗口等。

菜单栏

菜单栏可以说是整个软件的功能导图，为软件中大多数功能提供了菜单入口，例如PR软件中的绝大多数功能在对应的菜单栏中都可以找到。

功能窗口切换区域:(组件、编辑、颜色、效果、音频、字幕、库......)

功能窗口切换区域是软件为剪辑、调色、音频、字幕等不同功能定义的界面布局方案。点击对应的功能，软件会自动切换到使用该功能时的界面布局。

源素材预览窗口

源窗口主要是为项目面板中素材(视频、音频、图片)提供实时预览，双击项目面板中的素材即可在源窗口中进行播放预览。

节目监视窗口

节目窗口主要用于监视时间线上剪辑的画面，可以实时播放。

项目面板

项目面板主要是用于项目及素材的管理，我们导入到软件中的素材及新建的序列、字幕等素材全部都存放在项目面板中。

时间线窗口

时间线窗口可以简单理解为剪辑工作台，我们对素材的剪辑工作全部都是在时间线面板中操作完成。时间线窗口又可分为视频轨道和音频轨道。

工具栏

工具栏集合了所有视频剪辑工具，当然有一些是辅助剪辑工具。

选择工具（快捷键：V）

顾名思义，它的作用就是用来选择东西的，不过在有的时候它也会变为其它的形状，作用也随之改变。

向前选择轨道工具（快捷键：A）

使用此工具可以选择该轨道上以后的所有素材，视音频链接在一起的则音频同时也被选中；按住Shift键可以变为多轨道选择工具，此时单头变为双头，即使是单独的声音（比如音效、音乐等）也会被同时选中。

波纹编辑工具（快捷键：B）

使用此工具可以改变一段素材的入点和出点，这段素材后面的会自动吸附上去，总长度发生改变。

剃刀工具（快捷键：C）

pr中导入素材之后，利用剃刀工具切割开视频，视频就分开为多段了，可以分别剪辑切割后的每一段视频，包括删除、添加效果等。

外滑工具（快捷键：U）

作用于一段素材，用来同时改变此段素材的入点和出点。

钢笔工具（快捷键：P）

这个工具和字幕中的钢笔工具是一样，主要用来绘制形状。选中此工具，在需要的位置点击一下确定起点，直接点其它位置可以绘制直线，而在点第二个点的同时按住鼠标不放并进行拖拽可以绘制曲线；它还有一个作用就是进行关键帧的选择。

手形工具（快捷键：H）

点击鼠标左键，在时间轴上拖动，移动时间轴上显示素材的位置。当程序监视器放大时。拖放程序监视器中的可移动显示区域以观察细节。

文字工具（快捷键：T）

文字工具即在画面中输入我们想要的文字。

效果面板

效果面板集合了很多视频和音频效果控件，对视频或者音频添加模糊及转场等效果时，需要在效果面板中找到对应的效果控件然后添加到时间线上的剪辑。

效果控件面板

效果控件面板是对已经添加到素材上的效果进行参数调节的窗口。

音轨混合器窗口

对音频进行声道和音量调节的窗口，当然也可以通过这个窗口进行现场录音。

PR剪辑教程

创建项目

首先新建项目，暂存盘里的地址栏跟项目一样就可以。

新建序列

新建序列，选择1080p25，点击确定，就建立了一个时间线。

一般的剪辑软件里边都有现成的预设，只要知道这个尺寸就行，高清格式选择1080P或者720P都行。

导入素材

在项目列表双击，找到我们的素材，按住shift一块儿导入，导入之后可以对素材进行分类，让我们可以看的更仔细一些。（养成一个好的分类习惯，有助于提高我们工程的有趣性和效率，以后打包工程的整理都非常的有好处）。

拖入时间线

素材分类好之后，把视频音频素材按住shift一起都拖拽到时间线里。

设置比例

发现视频素材的大小不一，我们调整视频整体比例大小。找到信息，看见比例为640*360，在我们新建的时候不是这个比例，我们在序列里进行更改设置为640*360，这样时间线就跟我们相匹配了。

编辑视频

导入素材之后，我们开始对视频进行剪辑。

添加效果

添加效果，让视频看起来更流畅。

添加字幕

添加结尾字幕。

导出

剪辑完成，导出成品。

PR导出格式一般用MOV、mp4、AVI等等。PR输出视频的时候，要求不一样，输出的格式的就不一样。因为没有统一的标准，要根据需求和目的才能定什么是合适的。

1、如果想输出文件后继续进行编辑，一般推荐输出MOV。

2、如果输出文件后直接就要观看，或传到视频网站。推荐输出H.264，即mp4。

3、如果输出文件给电视台标清播出，就输出AVI格式。

成品

下面这张是成品

这里用的是PR2018版本

PR基础快捷键

1、按i可以设置入点，O可以设置出点。

2、Shift+delete键可以删除视频同时，把视频之间的间隙去掉；Ctrl+Z撤销。

3、向前选择轨道工具（A）和链接选择项的结合使用可以删除选择点后面的视频和音频

4、向前选择轨道工具（A）和取消链接选择项的结合使用按shift键可单独删除视频，保留音频。

5、按Q键可删除剪辑的开始，按W键可删除剪辑的结尾，但是它们会从每个音轨中删除内容，如果有多层音轨，这个快捷键就不适用，可以通过锁定音频轨道来避免音频被删除。

6、按光标键→，按一下前进一帧，按Shift键+光标键，一下会前进5帧。

7、alt+拖动素材=复制

常用的快捷键如下：

注：如果自己不适应默认的快捷键可以在PR界面快捷键设置修改，步骤如下：

打开快捷键界面有两种方法：第一种方法，打开PR后，在菜单栏找到编辑选项下的快捷键菜单，单击后就会弹出设置界面。第二种方法，打开PR后，我们直接使用快捷键Ctrl+Alt+K后，也会弹出设置界面。

打开快捷键界面后在搜索框里我们直接输入想要添加的快捷键功能，然后在空白处单击鼠标，就会产生一个框，按下要设置的快捷键，最后点击确定保存设置，这样就快捷键就设置好了。

PR视频特效

添加滤镜

首先就是滤镜的位置是在左下角的【效果】选项里面，如下图箭头指向所示：

里面的滤镜很多，可以选择自己喜欢的滤镜进行使用，如下图箭头指向所示：

然后，我们直接将滤镜拖拽到素材身上就可以进行使用了，如下图箭头指向所示：

调整滤镜的内部可调节参数，素材的效果就能实时预览。点击前面的【FX】可以进行滤镜效果的开启以及关闭，如下图箭头指向所示：

效果里面，除了视频滤镜，还有音频滤镜以及各种转场可用，如下图箭头指向所示：

添加字幕

在工具栏，点击文字工具；

使用文字工具点击视频，在文字框中输入字幕，就添加字幕成功了。

视频的删减

导入完素材之后我们将素材拖到右边，便能对视频素材进行编辑了（点击播放按钮可预览）。接下来我们讲一下视频内容的删减。

比如说：我们觉得某一段内容不好，想把它删掉，那么该怎么办呢？在PR中我们有两种方法：

1、选择左侧工具栏的刻刀工具，在想要删去内容的两头进行点击，然后即可将商品分割成三段，可从中选择自己不想要的内容；

2、直接从末尾拖动即可（只能对开头或末尾内容进行删减）。

视频的倍速播放

视频的倍速播放在PR中很容易就能实现了：右键-速度/持续时间。选择速度（百分比，如200%就是两倍速） ，点击【倒放速度】就能倒放了。

音乐淡出效果

添加音乐的方法和添加视频的方法一样，导入以后拖动到右边就可以了。删减运用上述方法也是可以完成的。

音乐淡出的效果：

添加完音频后，拉开轨道，点击左下的小按钮，选择：轨道关键帧-音量；

选择：添加-移除关键帧按钮，在想要淡入、淡出的地方添加关键帧，即可对音量进行修改，完成淡入、淡出的效果；

如果你是第一次使用PR并且佩戴耳机的话，要到PR的【编辑】-【首选项】-【音频硬件】里的【默认输出】修改输出设备为：耳机。

音效增益

打开PR软件，将音频导入进去，拖到右下方的【时间轴】操作区；

右击鼠标，点击音轨，在出现的选项中点击【音频增益】；

在【音频增益】页面，选择【将增益设置为】；

输入合适的音频值，负数表示减少，完成后点击【确定】。

视频转场

首先打开电脑上的PR，打开项目文件后，选择右侧的【效果】面板，效果面板中有音频效果、音频过渡，视频效果、视频过渡；

鼠标点开【视频过渡】，其中有7类转场特效，我们这里点击进入【溶解】，选择【溶解】下的【交叉溶解】；

选择【交叉溶解】拖动到视频上，可以看到我们可以将转场放置到视频末尾，视频开头或两段视频中间，这里选择【视频中间】；

插入完成后我们双击此转场，进入【设置过渡持续时间】，拖动蓝色字体即可增加或减少时间。

成品：

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Adobe Premiere是Adobe家族的一款剪辑软件，它给我的感觉就是入门快、功能强大，无论是对于新手还是专业人士，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在大部分情况下都是很友好的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnUr3YSjnT8yfxx1JfEA7Zb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"认识PR","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR9osBfOEgCeh8vdA4Ct8Fh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Pr全称Adobe Premiere，是Adobe公司开发的一款视频剪辑\u0026编辑软件。主要用于视频采集、视频剪辑、调色、添加字幕、编辑音频、渲染输出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfu2kKYWNcR9F9gXR89OfKc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Premiere提供了采集、剪辑、调色、美化音频、字幕添加、输出、DVD刻录的一整套流程，并和其他Adobe软件高效集成，使用户足以完成在编辑、制作、工作流上遇到的所有挑战，满足用户创建高质量作品的要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGdxJRqeFSHIHkd0wQ1OdRh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"下载","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"软件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCA761mSEd5B7vAyPMd0VGf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"Adobe官网下载","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzSSrQuvfKbJ7l1wKI5bu3b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进入","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"Adobe官网","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"进行下载","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.adobe.com/cn/products/premiere.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.adobe.com/cn/products/premiere.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwti8cvwC1haSG5SXQBwwRh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":633,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"Adobe官网下载","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7e6b7bfcc34c4c8a9c996b5fa0bd03f0","width":1322},"text":"","id":"doxcnQe0om8qMyUuEwVGHMH7Iyg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"其他网页下载","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ21XJ1g4bvctZoIXy7ejee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、打开浏览器","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"今日头条","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"3D溜溜网","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，进入官网","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXaYcJyllKSUOisUga7XDwg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他网页下载","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b145b54cbb734439b6d4a0a4467ab438","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnzI3dVQG57bgdfaQUMA04jQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"打开浏览器搜索3D溜溜网，进入官网，点击上面【","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"···","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"】三个点之后选择【软件插件】里的【羽兔网软件下载】","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIVPCifz0IRzsBqiEjOfiIf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他网页下载","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a1638af674e54aad9efb8a646ca04c63","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnqZpvG9QFK35bzCrca5Dv2I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、选择【常用软件】里的【视频制作】","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzRohoZnbSkxA1A8Zk8b27e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他网页下载","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/74b9227188ff4aeca2b984c9e8d8a586","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn2OVEbs5EMbBygZUOujtPLb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"向下滑，在下面找到","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"2018版本的进行【软件下载】，里面还有其他版本，这里选择的是适配win7的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCtQ1MsKtZgOu5E1P57TWNb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":542,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他网页下载","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5fef322678914f64998900ac60bcb079","width":884},"text":"","id":"doxcn4us8I4k0Sm8SgPZJfjoJKc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"PR窗口介绍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn96P6ooUhkBHVMi4KpcrGbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Premiere软件由菜单栏、常用工具栏、时间轴、侧边面板栏（组件窗口）组成。主工作区有素材（项目）管理窗口、素材预览窗口、视频监视器窗口、时间轴窗口、调音台窗口、调色窗口等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCxCHkBbfrsDYRvzLAYfj3f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1017,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"PR窗口介绍","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ab86a1a8f924483a7bab52a67f43204","width":1920},"text":"","id":"doxcnPfVPkaL8cXxoC9iyybhMvg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"菜单栏","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjGGp8htd1KmYO4wrdQHtHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"菜单栏可以说是整个软件的功能导图，为软件中大多数功能提供了菜单入口，例如","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"软件","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中的绝大多数功能在对应的菜单栏中都可以找到。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngvQ04rFV59VIcbpf84JoDg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"菜单栏","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e7e280f0e60f4c0fb2eb62b1e3e9ee03","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn9E6osoDW58yS9TGvBUA2de"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"功能窗口切换区域:(组件、编辑、颜色、效果、音频、字幕、库......)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFy98LpdkaloJb0N5Zu5dRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"功能窗口切换区域是软件为剪辑、调色、音频、字幕等不同功能定义的界面布局方案。点击对应的功能，软件会自动切换到使用该功能时的界面布局。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5w4jrhGzO9gT01GJHYuf4A"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"功能窗口切换区域:(组件、编辑、颜色、效果、音频、字幕、库......)","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/76961e4b5e02455d9d5ec10414a19c20","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnJ6mEm9RKbr3equYoIc04He"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"源素材预览窗口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO89UMHO3dwPheOMiS4VZ1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"源窗口主要是为项目面板中素材(视频、音频、图片)提供实时预览，双击项目面板中的素材即可在源窗口中进行播放预览。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOhgjL2tJgFmTwxhUJSdmfg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":786,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"源素材预览窗口","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ad6e53be4b784562ac3d4e9946f02b29","width":1597},"text":"","id":"doxcneeeeeMaWaeo8wlkBBf96Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"节目监视窗口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngMAyEuYQ66iKU9mYWytjEc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"节目窗口主要用于监视时间线上剪辑的画面，可以实时播放。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9ceBAXnt86aWD826KpvfDg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":784,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"源素材预览窗口","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/39ef4613ffa84d0aa454bc7961948a17","width":1600},"text":"","id":"doxcn6WYQCO2gMYc8DznazFhMiR"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"项目面板","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngxUAPJkZkUzHVVEHQjW2Lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"项目面板主要是用于项目及素材的管理，我们导入到软件中的素材及新建的序列、字幕等素材全部都存放在项目面板中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnASeSr9hL6bK3QktvtDCSMb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"项目面板","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c245a5fcb97452aa3f2203f9c0735ab","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnR6iRLwn0tmmG4URSVSVeLh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"时间线窗口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUtKP5LGP3KfVP6LBwW9WP9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时间线窗口可以简单理解为剪辑工作台，我们对素材的剪辑工作全部都是在时间线面板中操作完成。时间线窗口又可分为视频轨道和音频轨道。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpdbxGr0rTK904Q9ULz27Cg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":380,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时间线窗口","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3f798b3817c949f7a35f9b0c899a62ff","width":1256},"text":"","id":"doxcnyq2gNAr2xMIqhwhENWhxVe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具栏","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCfhsU1WYo6FqwJ5Q31VWSe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具栏","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"集合了所有视频剪辑工具，当然有一些是辅助剪辑工具。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniQlwYEMO1YDYk9Qh8d8AQd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":532,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具栏","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1dd1d9e917ce4dac9222fb65f1cd00b1","width":809},"text":"","id":"doxcny4kMYakq00aou0bQ8yt4vf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择工具（快捷键：V）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnICeCGuuEemYI4Ih4K7G5We"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"顾名思义，它的作用就是用来选择东西的，不过在有的时候它也会变为其它的形状，作用也随之改变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGUgmawWwwMEkYByjBJaJac"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"向前选择轨道工具（快捷键：A）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAm4uO2aUiYwEySS0caMSEc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"使用此工具可以选择该轨道上以后的所有素材，视音频链接在一起的则音频同时也被选中；按住Shift键可以变为多轨道选择工具，此时单头变为双头，即使是单独的声音（比如音效、音乐等）也会被同时选中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncYeqIokoi6aW2lE5RngmAh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"波纹编辑工具（快捷键：B）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIqiKA0k8KauE9TFPpQzCkp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"使用此工具可以改变一段素材的入点和出点，这段素材后面的会自动吸附上去，总长度发生改变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUyEi0McacUKSeSDseyEtGf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"剃刀工具（快捷键：C）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGC6Oo6ocI0qA0Y7g4jhMUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"pr中导入素材之后，利用剃刀工具切割开视频，视频就分开为多段了，可以分别剪辑切割后的每一段视频，包括删除、添加效果等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYsIMkoCq2e0YD18rVIRuc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"外滑工具（快捷键：U）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqusYGYsqyaG8Ibe6MTuTqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作用于一段素材，用来同时改变此段素材的入点和出点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUsuKoWOoKikW4OewvCCyxd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔工具（快捷键：P）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0AOYYIYSE68S4XK6NVuLf0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个工具和字幕中的钢笔工具是一样，主要用来绘制形状。选中此工具，在需要的位置点击一下确定起点，直接点其它位置可以绘制直线，而在点第二个点的同时按住鼠标不放并进行拖拽可以绘制曲线；它还有一个作用就是进行关键帧的选择。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsySecm4kW22YMx0RHszAag"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"手形工具（快捷键：H）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyeSuyU0qIeiOYrI27gWfrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"点击鼠标左键，在时间轴上拖动，移动时间轴上显示素材的位置。当程序监视器放大时。拖放程序监视器中的可移动显示区域以观察细节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6oeCUS44KOoSWKUiX7PPch"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"文字工具（快捷键：T）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGK4oYqI6UgckAl7vGXrLGd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"文字工具即在画面中输入我们想要的文字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoYck2WM6cqWgJ8k4KM3jhV"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"效果面板","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndcHB5AXuSWSdXrrKYuM9Uc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"效果面板集合了很多视频和音频效果控件，对视频或者音频添加模糊及转场等效果时，需要在效果面板中找到对应的效果控件然后添加到时间线上的剪辑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXoJPdkjz1fuITZzCC8RUVg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":536,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"效果面板","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5e54a2bca44c41e0a2a74588702aeba2","width":954},"text":"","id":"doxcnRhiSwR41fhlP9cK4AEqd5b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"效果控件面板","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndBvaSPSPa11yuh8YcXCpCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"效果控件面板是对已经添加到素材上的效果进行参数调节的窗口。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5JKSFbhUJbguSSFyewO8pf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":530,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"效果控件面板","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/15da3c9a587a475c92305269cdb1adca","width":955},"text":"","id":"doxcnzrF0kx5BKtbQYhbr62k4v5"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"音轨混合器窗口","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjlvgJGZFs0gcONXFGWJ9wh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对音频进行声道和音量调节的窗口，当然也可以通过这个窗口进行现场录音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwK12k1tpwhzSyjZeWqUjze"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":522,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音轨混合器窗口","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ef382452d14a413ebf48b82c65134fe8","width":949},"text":"","id":"doxcn9JH8bQtuRQdQa6ZX3PmFcb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"剪辑教程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuqJi0dqQBGIbK8KWhYqFoK"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"创建项目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKoAcwkqQAwkGIFFMwIy2we"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先新建项目，暂存盘里的地址栏跟项目一样就可以。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny2wh5HNVQfgSoiQpvBBwzb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":826,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"创建项目","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/432f935f804b4732ab8d4c9c7cd9a885","width":1886},"text":"","id":"doxcngxZppxiRO0GuAB1EPBf37f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"新建序列","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWws8eKuMwy6SKrviovcitb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"新建序列，选择1080p25，点击确定，就建立了一个时间线。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc31LbnWEScbaFMcpQXJk0d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":830,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"新建序列","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/105fa365183b4c19961cfce139d443a7","width":1524},"text":"","id":"doxcnJPBEgWXM1Oo7LdNHkE3jeh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般的剪辑软件里边都有现成的预设，只要知道这个尺寸就行，高清格式选择1080P或者720P都行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGOugWuEmk6c0yGQ2fO7FMh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"导入素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniCmOuEuSIuEguAGewib6Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在项目列表双击，找到我们的素材，按住shift一块儿导入，导入之后可以对素材进行分类，让我们可以看的更仔细一些。（养成一个好的分类习惯，有助于提高我们工程的有趣性和效率，以后打包工程的整理都非常的有好处）","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk5yCypGym40Cxh0DELYSEd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":814,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"导入素材","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c8b826e6ef645fe8d808c1027bb423b","width":1520},"text":"","id":"doxcno0yPM0zk4nDB0X9KRKcMpd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拖入时间线","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyUUgEwieskWaqyQ7nCc0Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素材分类好之后，把视频音频素材按住shift一起都拖拽到时间线里。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGoGmlGHRPGbZf3zwSxMzRh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":808,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"拖入时间线","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c9467a1050a4461adc0f1e10de21663","width":1528},"text":"","id":"doxcn9erLjtllccME2Idto2GELd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"设置比例","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM4CKmOK4WgAOVNJdYgZFys"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"发现视频素材的大小不一，我们调整视频整体比例大小。找到信息，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"看见比例为6","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"4","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"0*360，在我们新建的时候不是这个比例，我们在序列里进行更改设置为6","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"4","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"0*360","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，这样时间线就跟我们相匹配了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4KIYjg1xM36XQmgGHykR3c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":808,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"设置比例","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/131ff2c5005445f3a1e4a17ae2f6f650","width":1518},"text":"","id":"doxcnKUk2BYu4JstbqFdols79cb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"编辑视频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCcsm4gI60wckb24kwmyWz4"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"导入素材之后，我们开始对视频进行剪辑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncQyBiaEavZMZ0m2C005cmb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":826,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"编辑视频","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed67569175f24191902482a756f6339a","width":1530},"text":"","id":"doxcnJvZVar1xWCDLDzQAdiffEd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加效果","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoKMu424sGUSKWCsKZMnpWh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加效果，让视频看起来更流畅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqMRavgMsQJUgdnA3PcYJ5b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":806,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加效果","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/25b40c8a46f0450aa8c42867c473f94c","width":1514},"text":"","id":"doxcnNpK3tlTugMD6cqpAL8ocrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加字幕","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUWYyW6Sq4UUSwfRRDxV9Ef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加结尾字幕。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntoZlf63VbJrR7JHsvHqnYc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":812,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加字幕","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8a2d6d1c697046a2a4c0ebf51b5f023c","width":1534},"text":"","id":"doxcnwK7GZc13stRLPYlZjAOXPf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"导出","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaoGK6mE6qscUW0o4rxYm5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"剪辑完成，导出成品。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpvU2bBwgmLhAKSzXeWoA9c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":828,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"导出","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d8b0e4930be64ad8a93fefc76f7744d0","width":1530},"text":"","id":"doxcnq9OeQTXIaqIG5FhluqlHUD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"PR导出格式一般用MOV、mp4、AVI等等","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。PR输出视频的时候，要求不一样，输出的格式的就不一样。因为没有统一的标准，要根据需求和目的才能定什么是合适的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8WUWW4Q0eoOAoiU3zHiipb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、如果想输出文件后继续进行编辑，一般推荐输出MOV。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuacmSYEOuG0CQSl2C0Y0qb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、如果输出文件后直接就要观看，或传到视频网站。推荐输出H.264，即mp4。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncCOumAIkcS2Kon4eEwzPKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、如果输出文件给电视台标清播出，就输出AVI格式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2OiGGiWU0E2koz3Im8My3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"成品","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnikOQyOW066WI4HoGSoszMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下面这张是成品","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnrlcxwJTKBYs8oNNf0tjhf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":230,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"成品","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d965685734594664adab5079a2ee244e","width":410},"text":"","id":"doxcndu3hxY8vMgwzvXhrog4sLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里用的是","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"2018版本","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnraknSYHmS9h9PBNzy1Ecrf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"基础快捷键","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAOymG2QW6kOgew4XvrOBYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、按i可以设置入点，O可以设置出点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWMuG4kioCUs6gQDBPutVMv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、Shift+delete键可以删除视频同时，把视频之间的间隙去掉；Ctrl+Z撤销。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOUUwCqSeA66oGI5CoBuWHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、向前选择轨道工具（A）和链接选择项的结合使用可以删除选择点后面的视频和音频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8QaSq4gmMwOyKO5n6TxBbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、向前选择轨道工具（A）和取消链接选择项的结合使用按shift键可单独删除视频，保留音频。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneKyMYoQeeu84KU2iYrjLbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、按Q键可删除剪辑的开始，按W键可删除剪辑的结尾，但是它们会从每个音轨中删除内容，如果有多层音轨，这个快捷键就不适用，可以通过锁定音频轨道来避免音频被删除。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneoqqGoAqemIkEq2qzcuYqb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、按光标键→，按一下前进一帧，按Shift键+光标键，一下会前进5帧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKs6yOQIeAG4Ww11XowX1Pb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、alt+拖动素材=复制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAEsAIS8ssciik3RT8Xb00g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用的快捷键如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0g0AaYCeM4KSmgSKkPjCCg"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":601,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"基础快捷键","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0db905b0b6104d11aed544b39283e07d","width":901},"text":"","id":"doxcnM28y2m2AUYsSiyCX5SWQ8g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":601,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"基础快捷键","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/274dfa02812b4424973c026536d6d33f","width":901},"text":"","id":"doxcnU6mK8cOMWw24GCG9yLRbch"}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0IoogSg4KmAiSwAUjCoB6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注：如果自己不适应默认的快捷键可以在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"界面快捷键设置修改，步骤如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0IoogSg4KmAiSwAUjCoB6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"打开快捷键界面有两种方法：第一种方法，打开","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后，在菜单栏找到编辑选项下的快捷键菜单，单击后就会弹出设置界面。第二种方法，打开PR后，我们直接使用快捷键Ctrl+Alt+K后，也会弹出设置界面","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmE8gQEcESwcaOsVIb2KNyc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1013,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"基础快捷键","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/17906eb76da6474bbe33762039398065","width":1889},"text":"","id":"doxcn8WU68WuCgegUw95zwxC74c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"打开快捷键界面后在搜索框里我们直接输入想要添加的快捷键功能，然后在空白处单击鼠标，就会产生一个框，按下要设置的快捷键，最后点击确定保存设置，这样就快捷键就设置好了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2sI2ays2C82CyY9ZEtLplh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"PR视频特效","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKss2WSMgGAyqglCfF5Ay5Y"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngGyEQsy0oWYCSHLOLZhKq6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先就是滤镜的位置是在左下角的【效果】选项里面，如下图箭头指向所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk0Aygq2ouuiKKgup0xoU3e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/51079625769a414c93252256e1f2c0b8","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnKA2WW2AuOOWEi6tc2KllJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"里面的滤镜很多，可以选择自己喜欢的滤镜进行使用，如下图箭头指向所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE4e8qyUAYsmeiQThJV1Yne"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7a13f848b61b4550bff09e7b22dbe854","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnYkay6yQKQyKm4a8ayDNQAb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"然后，我们直接将滤镜拖拽到素材身上就可以进行使用了，如下图箭头指向所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWiI8yIkKA4wqUPtTRzyBOh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2ff7ee3fed3846af8a583f307f67e9a6","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnSAssKawKoCMCszoddbGvZg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"调整滤镜的内部可调节参数，素材的效果就能实时预览。点击前面的【FX】可以进行滤镜效果的开启以及关闭，如下图箭头指向所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGykOGkS0cgQKOolX4pyTdg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b751a5701d8b4198a844e551507499da","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnkiawiQmaimmSa0CzvCBWBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"效果里面，除了视频滤镜，还有音频滤镜以及各种转场可用，如下图箭头指向所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnegGIGWqaQAuYCs6fSYWpZc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":357,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加滤镜","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b9a552a07b014a7db30aa08474249ea3","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnoOU4wi8cSm60SQEj9cj0Yd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加字幕","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Gs8CWiIcu0wYDPMo3NlIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在工具栏，点击文字工具","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnukksIAEauYiAM7i4I4XBDd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加字幕","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2034c9734f224e84bf843ab235d16da7","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnMqKWkuuiwoauaYd4U2ViYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"使用文字工具点击视频，在文字框中输入字幕，就添加字幕成功了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMESgYciUagAIymARggiZrh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"添加字幕","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6ffeb7be79d4dc4a35ddb86f3438778","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnuaOmg4CUG2kuGOGZHozSXc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的删减","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4EQiAEQEWOYIUfxocM8LOf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"导入完素材之后我们将素材拖到右边，便能对视频素材进行编辑了（点击播放按钮可预览）。接下来我们讲一下视频内容的删减。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny2s2YyyGWEoS6RNHYG0uMb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1655,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的删减","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e601b0a8fcf14b15bc92b5d8a3949451","width":2736},"text":"","id":"doxcnSC0SKeyYwaiCcHCUDURHQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如说：我们觉得某一段内容不好，想把它删掉，那么该怎么办呢？在P","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"R","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中我们有两种方法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnawoQacWYm6qAW2pWlOkLof"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、选择左侧工具栏的刻刀工具，在想要删去内容的两头进行点击，然后即可将商品分割成三段，可从中选择自己不想要的内容","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKi8MUmqyIuioAnYUH03S3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、直接从末尾拖动即可（只能对开头或末尾内容进行删减）","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkgSOmkUgo6KUMpgJhMn03Z"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":639,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的删减","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cdc26bc822224a6bac09e42ed46157d5","width":1778},"text":"","id":"doxcnuwWikwUcIgO22JY3aoS7dg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1505,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的删减","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/874a8ed6aaf9480ab47d4bb36ae2af02","width":2711},"text":"","id":"doxcnWqOCaCiio0iYszMjpLQ01f"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMYm4OcEoUEGK6DcpCe9Sfe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的倍速播放","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMYm4OcEoUEGK6DcpCe9Sfe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的倍速播放在P","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"R","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中很容易就能实现了：右键-速度/持续时间。选择速度（百分比，如200%就是两倍速） ，点击","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"倒放速度】就能倒放了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2weOsSGGuy6CknqwtBPqjc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1524,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频的倍速播放","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/92ef2e00c06f4f638a9bd9fb49e44b77","width":2712},"text":"","id":"doxcnuMO0Kqu6ieWgkp1OyVyZOe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐淡出效果","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnquEaO6s8KUYK4s1P17lp5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加音乐的方法和添加视频的方法一样，导入以后拖动到右边就可以了。删减运用上述方法也是可以完成的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqCsII4ek2WCUKuZYa4J2yc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐淡出的效果：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCSiM8eeOkqMYYJJgdc3zpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"添加完音频后，拉开轨道，点击左下的小按钮，选择：轨道关键帧-音量","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngkSgga8WCYAMsfvboStI1r"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1651,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐淡出效果","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/45fb404f013041ebac46affc65ab23bd","width":2736},"text":"","id":"doxcnqC82ga0ESE4geehPPuocqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择：添加-移除关键帧按钮，在想要淡入、淡出的地方添加关键帧，即可对音量进行修改，完成淡入、淡出的效果","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnciWIMWggKMO4qmo0LWnz4e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐淡出效果","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa051e786ae74574b738dcfcec880306","width":2537},"text":"","id":"doxcnCOGUaqgwcWQ6spzhqzcHXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果你是第一次使用P","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"R","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"并且佩戴耳机的话，要到P","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"R","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"编辑】-【首选项】-【音频硬件】里的【默认输出】修改输出设备为：耳机。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmwk28QWC6gkykdjJcdeAKg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1161,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐淡出效果","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c7590bd586ea4efd8f6bc7d57343d106","width":1521},"text":"","id":"doxcniye8EkyoG8EgUPidM1yTZM"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"音效增益","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqmosymc0OW0Yo5ZI26sCaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"打开PR软件，将音频导入进去，拖到右下方的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【时间轴】","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"操作区","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna802UygmWaEeEzpb4xHCSc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音效增益","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b0f21fbea4e141348d0a813c206312a8","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnCgwKW6QCakeQ23k8cMiTmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"右击鼠标，点击音轨，在出现的选项中点击","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【音频增益】；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2c0qiCKOeiI8oZ8bDy3EQg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音效增益","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cea1af410a84e8f812a9dea03b159d8","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn2AMYac6qCIsYA52uYmmjDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【音频增益】","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"页面，选择","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【将增益设置为】；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQIkQ8O86Qg4cxWF0amyZb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音效增益","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa8cd3e6aa4b40bebc6cac6f7990b9dd","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnAOcIYsoeAWuWWSM57mLc1e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"输入合适的音频值，负数表示减少，完成后点击","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【确定】","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCUAcWciGi2UeO8XAiLVBtc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"音效增益","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/89365811d08349dc96088372736c5780","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn4UUYsyGwWiYA2CKYvb4gmb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG4sysssKueIQuQFvufWYgc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先打开电脑上的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"PR","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，打开项目文件后，选择右侧的【效果】面板，效果面板中有","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"音频效果、音频过渡，视频效果、视频过渡；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmqwKcuQAwwW02ZoMGeRJfd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/805c1e3f068240a4a431852c5062c3f7","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn4qiuQIqqUSCkeoVcRVlIoc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"鼠标点开【视频过渡】，其中有7类转场特效，我们这里点击进入","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"【溶解】，选择【溶解】下的【交叉溶解】","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwM8K6A2siQKaugsk6Vb7Lc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/52958eec3d1a40c983dca8a9018c1959","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn48oGWGW2ai6ACIwKKf4lOf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择【交叉溶解】拖动到视频上，可以看到我们可以将转场放置到视频末尾，视频开头或两段视频中间，这里选择【视频中间】；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6ec4cC6owsAVXKytUtaBW"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/69139b677d80441d802f694655663531","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnCaoocAM8q4uoEt2HiFTZId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"插入完成后我们双击此转场，进入【设置过渡持续时间】，拖动蓝色字体即可增加或减少时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSsi4oUGWcoOCYDAouBTKkc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/08eb0468190441c79f26cb603972683a","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcn6mg2WQOg0uy2K0PegxzHwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"成品：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI8oosUKcm8iSWyYQYc4JIe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":598,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频转场","id":""}],"url":"https://p3.douyinpic.com/large/tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/57979e729fd340639439a9f54646664d","width":898},"text":"","id":"doxcnMQa8QmoWa6IOQbFSZaTPtc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAMa8S486maiWEH5jMoxgne"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E